Master GOM REV 8.0

Exemplar No.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
i
Page:
1
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Dear Colleagues,
We are happy to present you the new Ground Handling Manual. Our aim is to
increase the efficiency in ground handling, achieve a high standard of service and
present ourselves to the customer.
The Ground Operations Manual (GOM) contains regulations, guidelines and data for
aircraft handling and ervicing on the ramp, loading, loadplanning and loadcontrol,
handling of passengers, handling of baggage and cargo, communications, security
and emergency procedures.
The main purpose of the GOM is the safe ground handling of all aircraft operating
and providing procedures and guidelines for customer service.
The GOM is the binding manual for worldwide ground operations and aircraft
servicing at all stations for:
-
all aircraft operating under 4R/HHI flight number
Passenger service instructions and procedures, communications and general ramp

handling as well as any occurrence reporting are also applicable for wet leased
aircraft
-
from any other operator on short or long term lease operating under 4R
flight number
The procedure and regulations are in compliance wth the actual valid edition of IATA
Airport Handling Manual and the EU-OPS regulations for commercial air traffic.
The legal basis of this GOM are the approved operating manuals of HI Hamburg
international in their current revisions:
-
Operations Manual (OM/A)

Operations Manual (OM/B)
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
i
Page:
2
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
This is an attractive handy manual that is flexible in use and can easily be updated
because of its single sheet system.
If any comments or suggestions your feedbacks are always welcome. Please do not
hesitate to contact us. The respective contacts are listed in chapter (0) zero, point 0.2
(postal address).
We hope this manual will help and support you in your daily job. Satisfy working with
it. The content of this manual is based on working orders and company policies.
HAMBURG INTERNATIONAL,
MAY 2010
Hans-Jrgen Schulze
Director Ground Operations
Accountable Manager
Christoph von Saldern
Director
Ground Operations
Hans-Jrgen Schulze
Accepted by
German CAA
(LBA Luftfahrt Bundesamt)
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
i
Page:
3
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
TABLE OF CONTENTS
0.
Introduction and Administration................................................................ 1

0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
0.10
0.11
1.
Preamble....................................................................................................... 2
Postal address: ............................................................................................. 3
Introduction of the GOM Ground Operations Manual.................................... 3
Exemptions ................................................................................................... 4
System of Amendments and Revisions......................................................... 4
Acknowledgement and receipt ...................................................................... 6
List of holders of the GOM and assigned Stations ........................................ 7
List of Effective Pages (LEP)....................................................................... 14
Acknowledgement of receipt ....................................................................... 20
Communication
21
Supervision and Ground Handling
21
Organisation and Responsibilities ............................................................ 1
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.
Organizational Structure ............................................................................... 2

Management and nominated *Post holder .................................................... 3
Responsibilities and Duties of Operations Management Personnel.............. 3
Quality System ............................................................................................ 1
2.1
2.2
2.3
3.
Quality Policy ................................................................................................ 2

Quality System .............................................................................................. 3
Qualification and Minimum Training Requirement
3
Passenger and Baggage Handling ............................................................ 1
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
General ......................................................................................................... 3
Passenger Handling...................................................................................... 4
Boarding........................................................................................................ 6
Arrival............................................................................................................ 8
Special Categories of Passengers ................................................................ 9
Stretcher ..................................................................................................... 15
SSR Code Definition ................................................................................... 16
Passenger Manifest and Name List ............................................................ 17
Irregularities / Delays .................................................................................. 25
Baggage...................................................................................................... 27
Free carry-on Items..................................................................................... 29
Unchecked Baggage / Free Carry-On Items ............................................... 29
Checked Baggage (Registered Baggage)................................................... 30
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
0.22
4.
i
Page:
4
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Refusal of Baggage..................................................................................... 30
Limited Release Tag ................................................................................... 30
Transport of live animals ............................................................................. 30
Dangerous Goods carried by Passenger or Crew as Baggage................... 31
Transport of Human Remains (HUM).......................................................... 31
Transport of Security Items and Weapons .................................................. 32
Exception for an Armed Bodyguard ............................................................ 32
Forms.......................................................................................................... 35
Load & Weight Management ...................................................................... 1
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
5.
Introduction ................................................................................................... 2
Standard Mass Values .................................................................................. 2
Last Minute Changes .................................................................................... 4
Loading Instruction........................................................................................ 4
Mass and Centre of Gravity........................................................................... 6
Preparation of Manual Load & Trim-sheet .................................................... 7
Aircraft Handling ......................................................................................... 1
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
6.
Boeing 737-700............................................................................................. 3
A319-111 .................................................................................................... 20
Marshalling.................................................................................................. 41
Aircraft Loading / Unloading ........................................................................ 43
Ramp Handling ........................................................................................... 47
Fuelling / De-fuelling ................................................................................... 50
De-Icing / Anti-icing ..................................................................................... 52
Emergency................................................................................................... 1
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
6.11
6.12
6.13
General ......................................................................................................... 2
Emergency Procedures................................................................................. 2
Definitions ..................................................................................................... 2
Accident ........................................................................................................ 4
Incidents........................................................................................................ 6
Duties and Responsibilities ........................................................................... 9
Organization Chart for Central Accident/Emergency Centre....................... 10
Local Accident /Emergency Control Centre (Facilities/Organization) .......... 10
Duties of the accident/emergency Team..................................................... 11
Organization charts of local control centre .................................................. 11
Documentation (List a) ................................................................................ 12
Duties of the Operations Control Centre when emergency is active ........... 13
Forms.......................................................................................................... 15
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
7.
i
Page:
5
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Security........................................................................................................ 1
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
7.10
7.11
7.12
8.
General ......................................................................................................... 2
Definitions ..................................................................................................... 2
Airport Security.............................................................................................. 5
Passengers and cabin baggage.................................................................... 7
Hold baggage.............................................................................................. 10
Cargo, courier and express parcels ............................................................ 15
Mail ............................................................................................................. 17
Air carrier mail and materials....................................................................... 19
Air carrier catering, stores and supplies ...................................................... 19
Air carrier cleaning, stores and supplies ..................................................... 20
Incident reporting ........................................................................................ 21
Bomb threat procedures and instructions.................................................... 21
Explanations and Definitions ..................................................................... 1
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
9.
Explanations.................................................................................................. 2
Definitions ................................................................................................... 10
Phonetic Alphabet ....................................................................................... 12
International Organizations ......................................................................... 13
Standard Ground Handling Agreement ....................................................... 13
Delay Codes................................................................................................ 15
Operational Messages ................................................................................ 18
Abbreviations .............................................................................................. 23
Dangerous Goods and Weapons.................................................................
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
9.10
9.11
10.
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
Introduction /General..................................................................................... 1
Allgemeines zu Gefahrgut ............................................................................. 3
Begrenzungen............................................................................................... 4
Klassifizierung ............................................................................................. 10
Identifizierung.............................................................................................. 11
Verpackungen ............................................................................................. 14
Markierung und Kennzeichnung.................................................................. 16
Annahme, Abfertigung und Verladung ........................................................ 21
Dokumentation ............................................................................................ 27
Massnahmen die zu treffen sind bei einem DGR Vorfall............................. 31
Anhnge...................................................................................................... 32
Lost and Found ........................................................................................... 1
Tracing System ............................................................................................. 2
Missing Checked Baggage ........................................................................... 2
World Tracer Transactions ............................................................................ 3
Found Checked Baggage ............................................................................. 3
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
11.
i
Page:
6
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Forwarding of found baggage ....................................................................... 4

Damage of Checked Baggage ...................................................................... 5
Liability and Settlement ................................................................................. 5
Forms............................................................................................................ 6
Administrative Procedure........................................................................... 1
11.1 Cargo Handling Procedure not related to Safety........................................... 2

11.2 Passenger Handling Procedure not related to safety .................................. 10
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
0.
CHAPTER 0
Page:
1
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Introduction and Administration
0.1 Preamble....................................................................................................... 2
0.2 Postal address: ............................................................................................. 3
0.3 Introduction of the GOM Ground Operations Manual.................................... 3
0.4 Exemptions ................................................................................................... 4
0.5 System of Amendments and Revisions......................................................... 4
0.6 Acknowledgement and receipt ...................................................................... 6
0.7 List of holders of the GOM and assigned Stations ........................................ 7
0.7.1
Assigned Stations ................................................................................. 8
0.7.2
Amendment List .................................................................................. 13
0.8 List of Effective Pages (LEP)....................................................................... 14
0.8.1
Chapter 0 and 1(LEP) ......................................................................... 14
0.8.2
Chapter 2 and 3 (LEP) ........................................................................ 15
0.8.3
Chapter 4 and 5 (LEP) ........................................................................ 16
0.8.4
Chapter 6 and 7 (LEP) ........................................................................ 17
0.8.5
Chapter 8 and 9 (LEP) ........................................................................ 18
0.8.6
Chapter 10 and 11 (LEP) .................................................................... 19
0.9 Acknowledgement of receipt ....................................................................... 20
0.10 Communication
21
0.11 Supervision and Ground handling
21
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
0.1
CHAPTER 0
Page:
2
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Preamble
The aim of HI. HAMBURG INTERNATIONAL is to enhance its reputation by
acting responsibly and ethically, with professionalism and imagination,
always fulfilling all its commitments while maintaining the highest possible
safety standards in flight operations. In the pursuance of which, this manual
is an integral part.
The Handling Company shall provide all Ground Handling Service to the
Carrier in accordance with the national and international specifications and the
procedures as set out in Annex A& B AHM 810, IATA SGHA. The services,
additional to the IATA standard procedures in the agreement, should be
provided in accordance with the specific requirements of the Carriers
documentation (GOM). Only specialised personnel is performing services for
the Carrier. If at any time the Handling Company is unable to provide
authorised personnel as requested by the Carrier, the Handling Company shall
inform the Carrier immediately.
This Ground Operations Manual has been established in compliance with
EU-OPS / IATA AHM and Operations Manual guidance material (OM/A and
B).
HI. HAMBURG INTERNATIONAL assures to carry out all duties in full
accordance with this Ground Operations Manual.
HI. HAMBURG INTERNATIONAL will perform passenger, cargo or mail
flights.
The manual is valid for all aircraft types are in operation by Hamburg
INTERNATIONAL.
The GOM is effective according to the effective date and will be issued in
english language (except chapter 9 which is in german language).
The GOM is published as electronic document (pdf). Previous revisions and
any printouts of the GOM as reference, for training or briefing will become
obsolete after a new revision has been published. Obsolete documents must
not be used anymore.
H. J. Schulze
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
0.2
CHAPTER 0
Page:
3
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Postal address:
Hi. HAMBURG international Luftvehrskehrsg. mbH+Co. Betriebs KG
Hindenburgstrae 171
22297 HAMBURG / GERMANY
0.3
PHONE:
FAX:
+49 (0) 40 500 501 0

+49 (0) 40 500 501 23
E-MAIL:
Internet:
contact@hamburg-international.de
www.hamburg-international.de
SITA:
HAMHH4R
Introduction of the GOM Ground Operations Manual

The HAMBURG international Ground Operations Manual has been designed
for the use and guidance of all HI. HAMBURG INTERNATIONAL operating
staff to ensure that all commercial air transport flights are planned and
executed in accordance with its policies and requirements. In this context,
"Commercial Air Transport" means an aeroplane operation involving the
transport of passengers cargo or mail for remuneration or hire.
Informations provided in this manual are in accordance with EU-OPS.This
manual is issued and edited by the HI. HAMBURG INTERNATIONAL
Ground Operations Department and complies with terms and conditions of
the HAMBURG INTERNATIONAL AOC (Air Operators Certificate).
This manual contains information that is proprietary to HAMBURG
INTERNATIONAL. Except for purposes of inspection and approval by the
competent authorities, its contents may not be copied, distributed or
otherwise disclosed to third parties without the express written consent of
HAMBURG INTERNATIONAL.
It is distributed to its holders on the basis of controlled copies, and each
holder will be held responsible for compliance with the above. Each copy
remains the property of HI. HAMBURG INTERNATIONAL and must be
returned to the owner by the holder at first notice.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
0.4
CHAPTER 0
Page:
4
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Exemptions
The LBA may exceptionally and temporarily grant an exemption from the
provisions of EU-OPS when satisfied that there is a need and subject to
compliance with any supplementary condition the LBA considers necessary
in order to ensure an acceptable level of safety in the particular case.
Operational Directives
The LBA may direct by means of an Operational Directive that an operation
shall be prohibited, limited or subject to certain conditions, in the interests of
safety.
0.5
System of Amendments and Revisions

The individual holder of the Ground Operation Manual GOM is obliged to
keep it up to date! Each Manual holder has to make himself familiar with the
content of the amendments or revisions.
In order to keep the manual current, replacement pages will be issued when
ever it becomes necessary. Within the bounds of revisions, all changes will
be indicated as such with a black bar, vertical to the text concerned.
Hamburg International categorises two different types of revisions.
Annual Revision
This type of revision will take place only once a year and will be indicated as
such by a revision number and the date of issue. Dedicated month for the
annual revision is April.
Interim Revision
An Interim Revision may be issued on ad-hoc basis and is not limited by
editions as for example the annual revision (one per year only). It should be
filed at the respective part of the manual, as indicated in the referring
revision letter. It will be replaced by a definitive amendment or withdrawn, as
the case may be. In order to attract the necessary attention to the interim
revisions, all hardcopy GOM amendments must be printed out on yellow
paper; all revisions published on the online based internet download GOM
are marked with a diagonal watermark showing the text INTERIM
REVISION.
An Interim Revision must be issued in alphanumerically order and ought to
be integrated in an existing cycle of revision numbers. The revision number
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
CHAPTER 0
Page:
5
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
in question must be the number to be used for the next annual revision and
set in round brackets ( ).
Note:
Contrary to the Interim Revision Number which will be displayed with the
relevant revision number set in round brackets and followed by a capital
letter
e.g. (13) A;
the Annual Revision Number will only be indicated as such by a single
number e.g. 13 and displayed without brackets.
Example:
12 is the current annual revision number for year 2010. Within 2010 two
Interim Revisions have been already published and due to further changes it
becomes necessary to issue a third Interim Revision. Then the correct
Interim Revision would be displayed as follow:
Rev.-Nr.: (13) C
This example represents the annual revision number of year 2011, but set
in brackets, because the a. m. example refers to an Interim Revision and
therefore the number 13 must be displayed with the surrounding brackets
(13).
C, written in capital letters, represents a third interim revision within the
year of 2010. Consequently, the fourth Interim Revision within the same year
would read (13) D, and as a matter of fact, the Annual Revision for 2011
would only display the number 13 without brackets.
In order to overview the amended contents of the GOM, an Amendment List
(AL) and a List of Effective Pages (LEP) is filed in chapter 0, paragraph 0.7.
The contents of the GOM must at all times be in accordance with the LEP,
which is placed in chapter 0, paragraph 0.8.
A transmittal letter, containing detailed information regarding the contents of
the amendment(s), will be issued and distributed with each and any revision.
The transmittal letter should be duly signed by the registered holder of the
manual and returned to the issuer (HI. HAMBURG INTERNATIONAL
Ground Operations Dept.).
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
0.6
CHAPTER 0
Page:
6
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Acknowledgement and receipt

Verification of internal GOM distribution
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Amendments and revisions will be issued by the Director Ground Operations

and distributed to the manual holder in accordance with list of holders
(see chapter 0 / 0.7)
All holder will receive the username and the password for access to
INTERNET for download the new GOM Version. A CD-Version is available
for holder without Internet access or on special request by user. The CDVersion will be transmitted with transmittal letter and acknowledgement
sheet (hardkopie).
Please file in and return to GOD signed by the allocated GOM holder
It is the responsibility of GOD to control the return of all internal
acknowledgements 14 days after distribution of each new revision. It asks
each recipient who failed to acknowledge to do so immediately. The GOD will
follow up the return in a sequence of each 14 days and request for
submission each time the acknowledgement is missing, until the
acknowledgement has finally be received. GOD is responsible to document all
distributed reminders.
The recipient of each GOM is responsible for the removal of all prior GOM
revisions within his respective department including all digital and hardcopy
versions. By returning the signed transmittal letter he confirms the completion
of this removal.
The recording of acknowledgement shet in responsibility of GOD in a separate
folder Internal GOM distribution.
The form HHI GOM Download may be used to send an automated
acknowledgment. The form is part of the GOM Download procedure, you
will find by using the Internet access.
Verification of external GOM distribution:

a)
b)
c)
d)
Amendments and revisions will be issued by the Director Ground Operations.

A written information is distributed to all external GOM recipients whenever a
new revision has been made available for download. Downloadable Internet
GOM accessible only with username and keyword.
As the usage of current GOM revisionsis part of the contractual regulations
between HHI and its suppliers it is mandatory that the recipient returns a
written acknowledgement to HHI, that only the new revision is used and all
older revisions have been removed. Therefore the form HHI GOM Download
may be used to send an automated acknowledgment. The form is part of the
GOM Download procedure, you will find by using the Internet access.
The acknowledgement of receipt can also be confirmed to the GOD by using
the Acknowledgement of receipt sheet (see chapter 0 / 0.9). Please file in
and returm to GOD
It is the responsibility of GOD to control the return of all internal
acknowledgements 14 days after distribution of each new revision. It asks
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
CHAPTER 0
Page:
7
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
each recipient who failed to acknowledge to do so immediately. The GOD will

follow up the return in a sequence of each 14 days and request for
submission each time the acknowledgement is missing, until the
acknowledgment has finally received. In addition GOD may initiate payment
reductions or nominate alternating suppliers. GOD is responsible to document
all distributed reminders.The recording of the acknowledgement sheet will be
carried out in responsibility of GOD by using the folder External GOM
distribution
e)
The recipient of each GOM is responsible for the removal of all prior GOM
revisions within his respective department including all digital and hardcopy
versions. By returning the signed transmittal letter he confirms the completion
of this removal.
0.7 List of holders of the GOM and assigned Stations
Manual Control No
Assignment
Director Quality Management
Accountable Manager
Director Operations
Technical Director
Director Finance
Training Manager
Commercial Director
tba
10
tba
11
tba
12
tba
13
tba
14
tba
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
CHAPTER 0
Page:
8
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
15
tba
16
tba
17
tba
18
tba
19
tba
20
German Civil Aviation Authority (Mr. Schmeil)

(LBA Luftfahrt-Bundesamt)
0.7.1 Assigned Stations

The Hamburg International Ground Operations Manual is available in four different
versions:
Supplied versions 01 to 04
01
02
03
04
Hardcopy (Folder)
CD
E-Mail (Compressed files such as WINZIP or WINRAR forwarded per Email as PDF-attachment)
Internet GOM (Downloadable Internet GOM; accessible only with
Username and Keyword)
The following stations are in possession of the HHI-GOM:
GOM Distribution List

LRN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Supplied
Version
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
Station
ACC
ACE
ADA
ADB
AES
AGP
AGA
AJR
AKT
ALC
AMS
AMM
AQJ
Country
Ghana
Spain
Turkey
Turkey
Norway
Spain
Morocco
Sweden
Cyprus
Spain
Netherlands
Jordan
Jordan
Contracted
Handling S/V Agent
Aviance
Clece/Melendez
Havas/Gozen
Havas/Gozen
SAS
IBERIA/Melendez
RAM/ASE
Schermann Handling
Military
Iberia/Melendez
Aviapartner
RJ/ASAS
RJ/ASAS
Remarks
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
AKX
ARN
ASR
ATH
AYT
BEY
BDS
BCN
BEY
BFS
BGO
BJL
BJV
BOD
BOJ
BOO
BRE
BRS
BRU
BRN
BSL
BTS
BUD
BWE
CAI
CAG
CDG
CFU
CGN
CHQ
CIA
CMF
CND
CPH
CTA
CWL
DAM
DEB
DJE
DLM
DME
DRS
DTM
DUB
DUS
DXB
EBL
EIN
EMA
ENF
Kazakhstan
Sweden
Turkey
Greece
Turkey
Lebanon
Italy
Spain
Libanon
UK
Norway
Gambia
Turkey
France
Bulgaria
Norway
Germany
UK
Belgium
Swiss
Swiss
Slowakia
Hungaria
Germany
Egypt
Italy
France
Greece
Germany
Greece
Italy
France
Romania
Denmark
Italy
UK
Syria
Hungary
Tunisia
Turkey
Russia
Germany
Germany
Ireland
Germany
UAE
Iraq
Netherland
UK
Finland
CHAPTER 0
Page:
9
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Airport
NOVIA Handling
Havas/Gozen
Olympic/Interservice
Havas/Gozen
L.A.T
Airport
Flightcare/Melendez
Airport
Servisair
SAS
Airrep / Airport
Havas/Gozen
Aviapartner
Airport BOJ
SAS
AHS
Servisair
Aviapartner
Airport Bern
Swissport
Airport
Celebi
Airport
Egypt/ASE
Sogardyn
A:D.P.
Airport
Olympic Handling
ARE
Airport
AIC Handling
Norvia
Airport
Servisair
FAS
Airport
Tunis Air
Havas/Gozen
Airport
LH
Airport
Servisair
AHS
DNATA
ZOZIK
VIGGO S.E.
Servisair
Airpro
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
ERF
ESB
EVE
FAO
FCO
FDH
FKB
FRA
FMO
FNC
FUE
GLA
GNB
GOT
GRZ
GZT
GVA
HAJ
HAM
HEL
HER
HHN
HRG
IBZ
INN
IST
ISU
KBL
KEF
KGS
KKN
KLU
KRK
KRP
KRR
KRN
KTT
KTW
KSN
LCA
LDE
LED
LEI
LEJ
LGW
LIS
LNZ
LPA
LTN
LUX
Germany
Turkey
Norway
Portugal
Italy
Germany
Germany
Germany
Germany
Portugal
Spain
UK
France
Sweden
Austria
Turkey
Swiss
Germany
Germany
Finland
Greece
Germany
Egypt
Spain
Austria
Turkey
Iraq
Afgahnistan
Iceland
Greece
Norway
Austria
Poland
Denmark
Kazakstan
Sweden
Finland
Poland
Kazakstan
Cyprus
France
Russia
Spain
Germany
UK
Portugal
Austria
Spain
UK
Luxemburg
CHAPTER 0
Page:
10
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Airport
Havas/Gozen
pending
Servisair/Groundforce
Aviapartner
Avicon
Airport
Acciona
Airport
Servisair
Clece/Melendez
Servisair
Airport
Novia Handling
Airport
Havas
Swissport
AHS
AHS
Airport
Airport
Egypt/ASE
Iberia/Melendez
Airport INN
Havas/Gozen
ZOZIK
Ariana airline
IGS
SAS
Airport
Airport
Wing OPS Karup
Airport
SAS
Finnair
Airport
Airport
2Serve / SWISSPORT
Airport LDE
Pulkovo
Flightcare/Melendez
AHS
Servisair
Servisair
Tyrolien
Iberia/Melendez
Servisair
Luxair
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
LXR
MAN
MIR
MLA
MMX
MRS
MST
MUC
MUH
MXP
NAP
NCE
NCL
NRN
NTE
NUE
OLB
OPO
ORY
OSL
OTP
PAD
PFO
PMI
PMO
PRG
PRN
PRS
RAK
RHO
RLG
RMF
RTM
RVN
SAW
SCN
SID
SKP
SKG
SNN
SOB
SOF
SPC
SPU
SSH
STN
STR
SVO
SXF
SVG
Egypt
UK
Tunisia
Malta
Sweden
France
Netherland
Germany
Egypt
Italy
Italy
France
UK
Germany
France
Germany
Italy
Portugal
France
Norway
Romania
Germany
Cyprus
Spain
Italy
Czech
Kosovo
Italy
Morocco
Greece
Germany
Egypt
Netherland
Finland
Turkey
Germany
Cape Verde
Macedonia
Greece
Ireland
Hungary
Bulgaria
Spain
Croatia
Egypt
UK
Germany
Russia
Germany
Norway
CHAPTER 0
Page:
11
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Egypt/ASE
Servisair
ATACS
WARL/Air Malta
Sturup Handling
Aviapartner
Airport
AHS
Egypt/ASE
SEA Handling
GH Napoli
Aviapartner
Servisair
Airport
Aviapartner
Airport
GEASAR
Servisair/Groundforce
ADP
SAS
GlobeGround
Airport
2Serve
Iberia/Melendez
GESAC
Airport
Airport PRN
SAGA
RAM/ASE
Airport
ASE/EMAS
Aviapartner
RTG Handling
Gzen/Havas
Airport
TACV
Airport
Olympic Handling
Airport
Airport
Swissport
Iberia/Melendez
Airport
Egypt/ASE
Servisair
LH
Airport
Globeground
SAS
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
SZG
SZF
TFN
TFS
TLS
TLV
TOS
TRD
TRN
TXL
VDB
VLC
VIE
VAR
XRY
ZRH
ZQW
Austria
Turkey
Spain
Spain
France
Israel
Norway
Norway
Italy
Germany
Norway
Spain
Austria
Bulgaria
Spain
Switzerland
Germany
CHAPTER 0
Page:
12
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Airport SZG
Celebi/Gzen
Iberia/Melendez
Iberia/Melendez
Aviapartner
QSA
SAS
SAS
SAGA
Globeground
SAS
Iberia/Melendez
AUA / Airport
Airport
Flightcare/Melendez
Swissport
Airport
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
CHAPTER 0
Page:
13
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
0.7.2 Amendment List
Annual and/or
Interim Revision
Number
1
2
3
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
Effective from
w.i.e= with
immediate effect
w.i.e
w.i.e.
w.i.e.
w.i.e.
w.i.e.
w.i.e.
w.i.e.
Date on issue
Date of file
amendment
Initials
20.02.2004
23.02.2004
CHR
31.05.2005
12.04.2006
15.10.2006
01.09.2007
01.05.2008
01.05.2009
01.04.2010
01.06.2005
12.04.2006
15.10.2006
01.09.2007
01.05.2008
01.05.2009
01.04.2010
CHR
CHR
SHU
SHU
SHU
SHU
SHU
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
CHAPTER 0
Page:
14
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
0.8 List of Effective Pages (LEP)

0.8.1 Chapter 0 and 1(LEP)
CHAPTER 0
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
REVISION
PAGE
DATE
NO.
ORGANISATION AND
RESPONSIBILITIES
REVISION
PAGE
DATE
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20-21
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
CHAPTER 0
Page:
15
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
0.8.2 Chapter 2 and 3 (LEP)

CHAPTER 2
QUALITY ASSURANCE
REVISION
PAGE
DATE
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
CHAPTER 3
PASSENGER AND BAGGAGE
HANDLING
REVISION
PAGE
DATE
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
8.0
01.04.2010
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32-36
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
CHAPTER 0
Page:
16
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010

CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
Load & Weight Management

REVISION
PAGE
DATE
NO.
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
REVISION
PAGE
DATE
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27-45
45-61
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
CHAPTER 0
Page:
17
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010

CHAPTER 6
PAGE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
EMERGENCY
REVISION
NO.
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
CHAPTER 7
DATE
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
PAGE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24-28
SECURITY
REVISION
DATE
NO.
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
CHAPTER 0
Page:
18
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010

CHAPTER 8
CHAPTER 9
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
REVISION
PAGE
DATE
NO.
DANGEROUS GODDS
AND WEAPONS
REVISION
PAGE
DATE
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
47-52
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
CHAPTER 0
Page:
19
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010

CHAPTER 10
LOST AND FOUND
PAGE
REVISION
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
DATE
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
CHAPTER 11
Administrative Procedure
Cargo & Baggage Handling
Passenger Handling
REVISION
PAGE
DATE
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
1920
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
CHAPTER 0
Page:
20
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
0.9 Acknowledgement of receipt
Please fill in, detach and return this page to:

Hi. HAMBURG international
c/o Director Ground Operations
Hindenburgstrae 171
D-22297 HAMBURG
GERMANY
Fax: +49 (0) 40 500 501 11
Phone:+49 (0) 40 500 501 63
groundops@hamburg-international.de
Revision No.: 7.0

IATA Station
3-Code
e.g. PMI
Name of the Company
e.g. Iberia
Name of the sender
e.g. Mrs. Manuela Diaz
Phone number of the

sender
e.g.+34 (0) 971 789 585
Amended by:
Date:
In the case of any discrepancy, please make use of below tabula.
Section
Page(s)
Discrepancy
The recipient of each GOM is responsible for the removal of all prior GOM revisions
within this respective department including all digital and hardcopy versions. By
returning the signed transmittal letter he confirms the completion of this removal.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTRODUCTION AND
ADMINISTRATION
0.10
CHAPTER 0
Page:
21
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Communication
The main communication system used within ground operations is the GOM and the
password protected Groundops internet site. Furthermore SITA and e-mail will be
used for any day-to-day communicationes.
Groundops Internet site:
www. Hamburg-international.de / groundops / user: gom / password: GOMREV7
This side provide to all supervision and handling agents:
Current GOM
Acknowledgement of receipt
Actual Station Information (contact address)
Cleaning Job Card HHI (cleaning service required by HHI)
Signage / LOGO HHI
GOD Bulletin with news and messages from ground operations department
EG-Regulation 261/2004 (DBC)
The Groundops side must be checked consistently for any news or updates.
0.11
Supervision and Ground Handling
The postholder ground operations reports to his accountable manager. Compliance

with EU-OPS and national law is assured by internal audits according to the quality
manual and CAA audits as appropriate.
Supervision and ground handling are contracted by HHI. Authorities and
responsibilities are defined by the IATA SGHA. The responsibility lies with the
postholder of the operatorsigned the contract. The ground handling activities are
monitored by regular station checks by ground operations management and audits
by quality system of Hamburg international.
A daily monitoring is done by the flight crews and irregularities will be reported to HHI
ground operations management. The station checks include monitoring of the
activities of outsourced GHA.
Functions of supervision and ground handling includes:
Passenger handling
Baggage handling
Cargo and mail handling
Aircraft handling and loading
Catering uplift/exchange and cabin supplies, where applicable
Load control
Briefing of flight crew if requested and for a crew change becomes necessary
Airside safety and security
Fueling and de-/anti-icing procedures / inspections
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
ORGANISATION AND
RESPONSIBILITIES
1.
CHAPTER 1
Page:
1
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Organisation and Responsibilities
1.1 Organizational Structure ............................................................................... 2

1.2 Management and nominated *Post holder .................................................... 3
1.3 Responsibilities and Duties of Operations Management Personnel.............. 3
1.3.1
Accountable Manager (Acc Mgr.).......................................................... 3
1.3.2
Technical Director (TD) ......................................................................... 4
1.3.3
Director Operations(DO) ....................................................................... 4
1.3.4
Deputy Director Operations (DDO) ....................................................... 5
1.3.5
Fleet Chief............................................................................................. 5
1.3.6
Training Manager (Trng Mgr.) ............................................................... 6
1.3.8
Safety Commissioner ............................................................................ 6
1.3.9
Director Ground Operations (DGO) ....................................................... 7
1.3.10
Operational Control Centre (OCC) ........................................................ 7
1.3.11
Security Commissioner ......................................................................... 9
1.3.12
DGR Commissioner .............................................................................. 9
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
ORGANISATION AND
RESPONSIBILITIES
CHAPTER 1
Page:
2
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
1.1 Organizational Structure
Legende:
Direktes Berichten
N. Grella
Executive Board/
Accountable Manager
K.-A. Schlichtmann
Chr v, Saldern
Advisory Board
Dettmar Dr. Oehne
Wilkens
Informelles Berichten
Externe Zuliefer
Director Corporate
Communications
H. Baark
Head of IT
F. Zumkeller
Internal
Communications
D. Fiedler /
F. Schaefer
DGR
D. Mougoyannis
Handling Agents
Director Ground
Operations
H.-J. Schulze
Station MNG
HAM
Station MNG
FKB
Station MNG
FDH
Station MNG
CGN
Station MNG
MUC
Station MNG
SXF
Station MNG
NRN
Station MNG
SCN
Safety Manager
H. Baark
Director
Operations
M. Natusch
Director Quality
Management
H. Baark
SM-Board
Security
Commissioner
B. Scholz
Safety
Commissioner
K.Holm
Training Manager
H. Kollmann
Fleet Chief
H. Kollmann
Head of Cabin
Dr. Sprei
Manager OCC
D. Mougoyannis
Technical Direktor
Dr. Steppe
Cockpit Training
H. Kollmann
Cabin Training
Dr. Sprei
Cabin Crews
Commercial
Deputy
S. Meusel
Engineering
Manager
V. Tank
Sales
C. Fu /
G. Otto /
D. Titze
Engineering &
Planning
tba.
Crew Planing
n.n.
Manager Part 145
Dr. Steppe
Manager Line
Maintenance
H. Beyer
Commercial
Direktor
R. Ullman
Manager EASA
Part M
Dr. Steppe
Manager MOC
R. Sokolowski
Head of Catering
A. Willmer
Cockpit Crews
Director Finance
M. Drwald
Legal Affairs
H.Baark
Scheduling
K. Rudolph/
P. Hickisch
Customer Service
M.Gpel/
T. Merrit/
S. Wentz
Beschwerdemanagement
G. Kalz
Sales Admin
A. Herrman
Ticket Count
Frau Lilie
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
ORGANISATION AND
RESPONSIBILITIES
1.2
CHAPTER 1
Page:
3
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Management and nominated *Post holder

JAR-OPS 175 h + j
Executive Board /Accountable Manager
Director Corporate Communications
Director Operations
Deputy Director Operations
Technical Director
Director Finance
Commercial Director
Security Commissioner
Safety Commissioner
Dangerous Goods Commissioner
Training Manager
Fleet Chief
Deputy Manager Ground Operations
Mr. N. Grella
Mr. C.v. Saldern
Mr. K. A. Schlichtmann
Mr. H. Baark
Mr. H. Baark
Mr. *M. Natusch
Mr. H. Kollmann
Mr. *P. Steppe
Mr. M. Drwald
Mr. R. Ullmann
Mr. B. Scholz
Mr. K. Holm
Mr. D. Mougoyannis
Mr. *H. Kollmann
Mr. H. Kollmann
Mr. *H.-J. Schulze
Mr. E. Garcia
1.3
Responsibilities and Duties of Operations Management Personnel
1.3.1
Accountable Manager (Acc Mgr.)

The company has nominated an Accountable Manager who has corporate
authority for ensuring that all operations and maintenance activities can be
financed and carried out to the standard required by the Authority.
The responsibilities of the Management, related to JAR-OPS 1, includes at
least the following five main functions:
Determination of the flight safety policy;

Allocation of responsibilities and duties and issuing instructions, sufficient
for implementation of company policy and the maintenance of safety
standards;
Monitoring of flight safety standards;
Recording and analysis of any deviations from company standards and
ensuring corrective actions;
Evaluating of the company's safety record in order to avoid undesirable
trends.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
ORGANISATION AND
RESPONSIBILITIES
1.3.2
CHAPTER 1
Page:
4
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Technical Director (TD)

The Technical Director is appointed by and reports to the Acc Mgr. He is
responsible for the company's maintenance activities as detailed in the
Maintenance Management & Organization Exposition (MM&OE).
Concerning the relationship with flight operations he shall:
Inform the flight operations department well in time about any required
maintenance activities;
Inform the flight operations department about any changes of the
aeroplanes weight or index;
Ensure, when an aeroplane is released to service for a flight, that all
certifications about maintenance activities and checks are done according to
the regulations and that the time to next inspection covers the planned
duration of the flight/s.
1.3.3
Director Operations (DO)

The Director Operations is appointed by and reports to the Acc Mgr. He is
responsible for the activities in the flight operations department and for all
crew members.
In detail his responsibilities and duties are to:
Determine all operational standards and to ensure their compliance with
all relevant national and international regulations and with the provisions
of the AOC;
Co-ordinate and supervise the safe and economical performance of all
flights;
Publish, and when necessary, amend the Operations Manuals;
Publish other necessary directives for the operations personnel;
Supervise the crew duty and rest times and their records;
Report any irregularities of duty or rest times to the Authority;
Authorize the use of aerodromes, routes and areas for company
operations;
Supervise the validity of all documents and training required for all crew
members;
Check that the Dry Operating Weight (DOW) or equivalent, as required
by the system, of each individual aeroplane is documented in the OM,
Part B, and that the valid DOW, the Moment and/or the loading stations
are transferred into the Flight Management Computer of the relevant
aeroplane as well as into the flight planning system of the computer.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
ORGANISATION AND
RESPONSIBILITIES
CHAPTER 1
Page:
5
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
He ensures that:
All flights are planned and performed according to the rules established
in the OM;
The following documents are available and are used for planning and
performance of all flights:
Company Flight Logs and ATS Flight Plans;
Most recent Navigational Charts (VFR or IFR as required);
Documents for the supervision of flights.
He also:
checks all irregularities occurring during flight operations for their reasons
and provides solutions and/or takes necessary steps to avoid future
irregularities;
Performs spot checks of the "Ops Return Envelope" in regard of
correctness and completeness. He confirms the check with his signature;
Is responsible for the Authority approvals/acceptances required within the
flight operations department, and their prolongation;
Co-ordinates employment or dismissal of flight crews with the
management;
Co-ordinates disciplinary actions (if required) with the management;
In agreement with the management nominates the assistant Flight
Operations Manager;
Co-ordinates maintenance activities together with the Maintenance
Manager and plans acquisition of required equipment for flight operation;
Conducts inspection flights, to check the professional standard of the
company crews, and to recommend improvements in standards,
procedures or training.
1.3.4
Deputy Director Operations (DDO)

The Deputy Flight Operations Manager is appointed by the Flight Director
Flight Operations. He takes over the tasks and duties of the Director Flight
Operations during his absence, except for personnel decisions and
disciplinary actions.
1.3.5
Fleet Chief B737 / A319

The Fleet Chief is appointed by and reports to the Director Operations. His
functions, duties and responsibilities in regard to his fleet are:
Assisting the Director Operations in the performance of his duties and

representing him in his absence or when otherwise necessary;
Maintaining the necessary level of proficiency of the pilots;
Conducting inspection flights;
Establishing fleet specific procedures and regulations;
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
ORGANISATION AND
RESPONSIBILITIES
1.3.6
CHAPTER 1
Page:
6
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Ensuring that all pilots in the fleet are regularly checked and trained
(proficiency checks and recurrent training) in accordance with standards
set by the Operations Manual;
Issuing and monitoring special performance and flight procedures
pertaining to the aeroplane type, routes and airports as necessary, in
order to comply with the content of the Operations Manual;
Establish, in co-operation with the Flight Operations Manager, a Minimum
Equipment List (MEL) and have it approved by the Authority.
Reviewing crew reports and other flight documentation, ensuring
adequate follow up, and informing The FO Mgr. where necessary;
Ensuring the exchange of information and experience;
Functioning as primary and confidential contact for pilots with individual
problems or needs;
Ensuring that current records are kept of pilots licenses, validations and
qualifications;
Assisting in the investigation of accidents/occurrences.
Training Manager (TRNG Mgr.)

The Training Manager is appointed by and reports to the Acc Mgr. He is
responsible for all of the training mentioned in the OM and shall, in close cooperation with the relevant departments, especially he has to:
1.3.7
Establish the professional prerequisites concerning employment / training

/ upgrading of operations personnel;
Make the arrangements with suitable training sources and be responsible
for the content of the OM, Part D;
Appoint check and training personnel including type rating examiners;
Examine the professional qualification of applicants and to recommend or
discourage their employment;
Establish training syllabi and check forms for all required training and
checks;
Ensure, in co-operation with the companys crew planning section, that all
required training and checks are conducted in due time.
Safety Commissioner
The Safety Commissioner is appointed by and a report to the Acc Mgr. He
promotes and supervises all operational safety related matters. By doing so
he works close together with the Director Quality Management to ensure the
follow up of a changing standard or procedure.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
ORGANISATION AND
RESPONSIBILITIES
CHAPTER 1
Page:
7
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Especially he shall:
1.3.8
Collect information from within the company about incidents or

occurrences which may affect safety;
Collect data of accidents/occurrences with aeroplanes used in the
company;
Recommend a change of procedures or instructions to relevant post
holders, if necessary;
Supervise maintenance and ground operation activities, ensuring the
safety of the aeroplane and its occupants;
Establish and amend the accident prevention program;
Inform the operations personnel about safety risks and data collected by
issuing the "Interne Mitteilungen".
Director Ground Operations (DGO)

The Director Ground Operations is appointed by and reports to the Acc Mgr.
Duties and responsibilities of the Director Ground Operations are as follows:
1.3.9
Ensure that all legal requirements and provisions of the AOC in relation
to ground operations are strictly observed;
Ensure the safe, punctual and economic operations of all company flights
by establishing or contracting out professional ground support;
Ensure, when contracting out, that each contractor meets the required of
company standards and has installed a Quality Assurance;
Take all measures required for the security of the aeroplanes, the
passengers and baggage or cargo on ground, in co-operation with the
authorities responsible at the aerodromes;
Ensure that handling of passengers, catering, de-icing equipment and
fuel arrangements are made at the aerodromes, when necessary;
Assist the crew in identifying the best refuelling stops considering
economical requirements;
Publish and keep up to date appropriate instructions for ground handling
of the aeroplanes;
Ensure, by regular checks, that ground personnel is being kept up to
date, properly instructed and that they are aware of their responsibilities
and the relationship of their duties to the operation as a whole.
Operations Control Centre (OCC)

The Operations Control Centre aids and supports all flight crews and closely
co-operates with maintenance, ground operations and training department.
The OCC is in charge for all daily ground handling activities necessarily
before, during and after the conduct of a flight.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
ORGANISATION AND
RESPONSIBILITIES
CHAPTER 1
Page:
8
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
In addition to the detailed duties listed below, the OCC is in charge for
immediate notifications to the Authority in case of an accident/incident
according OM, Part A, Chapter 11.
The duties and responsibilities of the OCC in detail are:
Use all available means, possibly electronic data, to keep current on all
legal national and international provisions relating to flight operations,
and advise the relevant department of important changes;
Shifting the published legal requirements/provisions, especially the NfL's,
and inform the relevant department, if necessary;
Maintain a library for flight operations, including revision service,
containing the following publications:
NfL I and II;
Route Manual;
JAR-OPS 1, Section 1 and Section 2;
Pre-planning of flight requests and crew pre-planning including:
Operating hours of the aerodrome(s);
Runway length;
Availability of customs;
Permission Prior (PPR);
Crew duty and rest times according to OM, Part A, Chapter 7;
Availability of crews;
ATS- and aerodrome slots:
OCC is responsible for the timely arrangement of possibly required
slots. The crew on duty has to be informed about ATS/AerodromeSlots as soon as received in OPS;
PPR:
OCC is responsible for timely requests of possibly required PPR
according to the deadlines published in the Route Manual;
Records of the crew duty and rest times:
The flight crews hand over their records of crew duty and rest times to
OCC. The records have to be checked for completeness and
correctness. Irregularities (i.e. extension of crew duty times, delayed
filing of the records) have to be reported to the FO Mgr. immediately;
Flight planning:
OCC supports the flight crews in their flight planning. Especially in
cases, when a crew only has minimum crew rest time, OCC files the
company flight logs and ATC flight plans and prepares all required
documents for the flight.
Weather and NOTAM:
Obtain weather charts and forecasts as well as NOTAMs prior to the
flight;
OCC relays operational irregularities as soon as possible to all parties
involved;
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
ORGANISATION AND
RESPONSIBILITIES
CHAPTER 1
Page:
9
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
When re-scheduling is necessary, all requirements for crew members as

contained in OM, Part A, Chapter 4 and 5 must be observed;
Providing on board of each aeroplane the required documentation and
changes thereto.
1.3.10 Security Commissioner

The Security Commissioner is appointed by and reports to the Acc Mgr. He
is responsible for the:
Amendment of the company's aviation security plan, if necessary, and

the supervision of the company's internal performance and application of
the instructions of the plan at home base and for the entire route network;
Co-ordination of all company internal safety precautions (OM Part A
Chapter 10) with the local authorities;
Instruction and supervision of the staff responsible for aviation security,
such as ground staff at own stations or contracted handling agents;
Note: Flight crew members have to be instructed about aviation security on

ground and in the air annually together with their emergency and safety
equipment training and checking according to LBA-RS Security training.
1.3.11 DGR Commissioner
The DGR Commissioner is appointed by and reports to the Acc Mgr. He is
responsible for:
Arranging and supervising the process of handling dangerous goods

within the company;
Updating of the DG-Regulations available in the company, including OM,
Part A, Chapter 9;
The preparation of the necessary training courses for operations
personnel and crew members;
Reporting any occurrences with DG to the Authority;
Requesting any necessary permission from the relevant Authority.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
QUALITY SYSTEM
2.
CHAPTER 2
Page
1
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Quality System
2.1 Quality Policy ................................................................................................ 2

2.2 Quality System .............................................................................................. 3
2.3 Qualification and Minimum Training Requirements
3
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
QUALITY SYSTEM
2.1
CHAPTER 2
Page
2
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Quality Policy
The development and implementation of Hamburg International quality
system and Quality Assurance Program that will benefit the following for the
flying public, German CAA (LBA) and Hamburg International.
Enhance Flight and Ground safety

Satisfy the Customers,
Improve cost effectiveness,
Standardize all phases of the operation,
Achieve on Time Operation
Protect the Environment
In order to achieve these objectives, executive management and all

other staff should perform their duties according to the regulations,
standards and procedures.
The management herewith commits itself to continuously improve the
quality of our company.
Hamburg Internationals Quality System monitors the procedures specified in
the Operations Manual and the Maintenance Management Exposition to
ensure compliance with EU-OPS and Hamburg International additional
requirements, standards and procedures.
Hamburg International establishes a plan acceptable by German CAA
(Luftfahrt-Bundesamt) that shows how and when the activities required by
EU-OPS will be monitored.
Our Quality System has been structured and adapted to Hamburg
Internationals type of operation to enable direct contacts from the Director
Quality Management to the Accountable Manager. Besides, that Hamburg
International will provide persons directly responsible for the activities to be
audited are not selected as part of the auditing team.
Hamburg Internationals Quality System includes a feed back system to
Accountable manager to ensure that corrective actions are both identified
and promptly addressed. The feedback system also specifies who is
required to rectify discrepancies and non-compliance in each particular case,
and the procedure to be followed when remedial action is not completed
within an appropriate time scale,
Hamburg Internationals Quality Assurance program is independent and an
ongoing process designed to identify potential problem areas, advises and
follows remedial actions. In conclusion, Hamburg Internationals Quality
System has been integrated within the entire operation; it is not the
responsibility of one person or department.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
QUALITY SYSTEM
2.2
CHAPTER 2
Page
3
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Quality System
Hamburg International has organized it's structure in both ways operational
(including JAR-145 & airworthy) and managerial to comply with EU, German
CAA and it's additional requirement and has established Quality Department
accordingly as seen in part (1) one the Quality Manual. For detailed
Hamburg Internationals Quality System description refer to "Hamburg
Internationals Quality Manual Handbook" (QMH).
2.3
Qualification and Minimum Training Requirements
All staff involved in ground handling must be qualified according to industry standards
( e.g. IATA AHM) within the scope of their assigned duties by the ground handling
company.
Instructions and/or briefing of HI Hamburg international policies and procedures are
performed by the ground operations department as familiarization training of the
GOM.
Initial training must take place prior to being assigned to perform such duties.
Recurrent training, except dangerous goods recurrent training (24-month period),
must take place within the period specified by the local authority, but not less than
once during every 36-month period.
Qualifications
Knowledge verification will be required in the form of oral questioning and written test
throughout the training programs. Practical competency will be determined through
instructors evaluation. After successful completion of classroom training, personnel
will be subject to a period of practical training in the field under supervision of
qualified person. Upon completion of the above, and subject to final assessment,
personnel may be considered as qualified to fulfill their assigned duties.
Personnel shall be continuously updated and reassessed at regular intervals.
Training records
All training and competencies shall be recorded in an employee`s training file utilizing
a standard format. The handling agent shall have a system for maintaining training
records that provides for retention, identification, storage, protection, retrieval and
disposition of records.
Training records shall be made available for review by an authorized HHI
representative and/or regulatory authority. Where electronic or computer based
training record system are maintained, the content should include, as aminimum, the
trainee`s name, test mark achieved, date of training and course reference.
Copies of training records should be provided on request during station checks or
audits.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
QUALITY SYSTEM
CHAPTER 2
Page
4
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
2.3.1 Training of Handling Agents and Service Providers
To ensure flight safety and security through an acceptable level of standardization

and proficiency, the following requirements shall be recognized in the training of
ground handling personnel.
The handling agent shall have initial and recurrent training requirements designed to
establish and maintain standardization and proficiency among all ground/cargo
handling personnel, including personnel of external entities that provide handling for
Hamburg international.
Training requirements for handling personnel shall ensure acceptance or approval of
the regulatory Authority, as applicable and that initial training is completed prior to
assignment to positions that require the performance of operational handling duties
for Hamburg international.
The training programs shall distinguish between theoretical (off the job) and practical
(on the job) training and include basic and recurrent courses. The syllabus shall
constantly be reviewed to allow for continuous improvement and effectiveness and
incorporation of the latest regulatory and operational changes.
The training programs and syllabi must include (as a minimum):
familiarization training on general provisions and regulations
in-depth training on requirements, including policies, procedures and operating
practices
training in human factors
safety training on operational hazards associated with ground handling and cargo
operations
dangerous goods training in accordance with applicable requirements of the State
in which personnel carry out such
duties, or if there are no such requirements of the current edition of the IATA DGR
The duration of the training shall be sufficient to comply with above requirements.
Training should be conducted by personnel who have demonstrated competence in
the subjects to be instructed and who have the skills to deliver the training effectively.
For the different tasks of ground operations, initial and recurrent training must
include, but is not limited to:
- load control / operations AHM 051 / AHM 500 until AHM 591 / AHM 611 / AHM 630
/ preferable CODECO DCS / AHM 711 / AHM 780 / AHM 781 /
- aircraft ramp handling AHM 051/AHM 400 until AHM454/AHM 611/AHM 613/AHM
630/AHM 904
- aircraft marshalling AHM 051 / AHM 611 / AHM 630 and AHM 631
- cargo handling AHM 051 / AHM 300 until AHM 384
- passenger handling AHM 051 / AHM 100 until AHM 180 / preferable CODECO DCS
/ PSCRM (Passenger Services Conference Resolutions Manual)
- dangerous goods DGR 1.5. (table 1.5.A) as appropriate for the different personnel
categories
Initial and recurrent training (technical, safety and practical) is required for all staff
involved in:
aircraft fueling
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
QUALITY SYSTEM
CHAPTER 2
Page
5
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
aircraft de-/anti-icing (based on the latest "AEA - Training Recommendations and

Background Information for De- Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on Ground" available on
the internet site http://files.aea.be/News/.
As appropriate, all staff must complete initial training for companies safety,
personnel protection, ground support equipment operations, airside safety and airport
security procedures. Recurrent training must take place latest every 3 years (except
DG -2 years).
2.3.2 Training for Passenger Handling
Personnel should, as appropriate to their job function, receive training on the
applicable subjects, as a minimum:
Check-in and Gate Personnel
Safety and security regulations
Irregularity/incident/accident reporting procedure
Handling of dangerous goods and prohibited articles
Principles of check-in, boarding and the passenger flow
Use of the local departure control system or local procedures for manual
check-in
Local procedures for determining baggage weights
Transmittal of passenger/baggage data to the load control department
Basics on seating conditions for infants and persons with reduced mobility
(PRM)
Regulations for carriage of animals (PETC and AVIH)
Passenger embarkation/disembarkation procedure
Passenger/baggage rerconciliation
Handling of passengers with reduced mobility (PRM)
Personnel of lost and found department
Safety and security regulations
Use of world tracer and manual tracing procedure
2.3.3 Training for Operations and Ramp Supervision

Personnel should, as appropriate to their job function, receive training on the
applicable subjects, as a minimum:
General weight and balance proficiency and awareness

Aircraft structural load limitations
Load planning
Loadsheet (manual and DCS, if applicable)
Balance tables/charts (manual and DCS)
Loading instruction/report
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
QUALITY SYSTEM
CHAPTER 2
Page
6
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Load messages
Dangerous goods regulations
Other special loads
Aircraft handling and loading
Handling coordination (ramp, cargo, passenger service, crew service)
Standard operational messages and general communication
2.3.4 Training of Aircraft Handling and Loading

The objective of training is to promote safety awareness and to provide airside
workers and their management with the procedures necessary for the handling and
loading of aircraft and to work safely in the airport environment. Personnel should, as
appropriate to their job function, receive training on the applicable subjects, as a
minimum:
Airside safety and security regulations

Manual handling of load
Safety during aircraft fueling
Principles of aircraft loading
Handling of loads required special attention
Loading incompatibilities
Consequences of load damage and spillage
Positioning and operation of loading and servicing equipment
Notification of commander of load being carried
Passenger embarkation/disembarkation procedures
Standards of aircraft cleaning, lavatory and fresh water servicing
Aircraft movement operations
2.3.5 Airside Safety and Security Training

To ensure an acceptable level of safety, the handling agent shall establish safety
training requirements for all personnel involved in airside activities.
Safety and security awareness:
Safety and security culture; company safety policy and program; employee
responsibilities; airport airside, safety and security regulations.
Human factors:
Motivation, attitude and team work, human behavior, communication skills
Procedures and regulations:
Regulations (EU-OPS, FAR, LuSiG, EG-regulations etc), safe operating practices,
emergency procedures, dangerous goods, introduction to aviation law, IATA AHM,
ICAO Doc
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
QUALITY SYSTEM
CHAPTER 2
Page
7
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
3.
CHAPTER 3
Page:
1
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Passenger and Baggage Handling
3.1 General ......................................................................................................... 3

3.1.1
Principles .............................................................................................. 3
3.1.2
Transportation Document (Ticket)......................................................... 3
3.1.3
Compiling and Dispatching of Passenger Revenue Documents ........... 4
3.2 Passenger Handling...................................................................................... 4
3.2.1
Passenger Check-in Procedure ............................................................ 4
3.2.2
Last Minute Passengers........................................................................ 5
3.3 Boarding........................................................................................................ 6
3.3.1
During boarding:.................................................................................... 6
3.4 Arrival............................................................................................................ 8
3.4.1
Disembarkation sequence should be as follows:................................... 8
3.4.2
If the transit passengers stay on board: ................................................ 8
3.5 Special Categories of Passengers ................................................................ 9
3.5.1
Infants ................................................................................................... 9
3.5.2
UM (Unaccompanied Minor) ................................................................. 9
3.5.3
UM General........................................................................................... 9
3.5.4
Limited acceptance ............................................................................... 9
3.5.5
Reservation ........................................................................................... 9
3.5.6
Handling advice................................................................................... 10
3.5.7
Additional Checks ............................................................................... 10
3.5.8
Young passengers .............................................................................. 10
3.5.9
Minors below five years of age............................................................ 10
3.5.10
Sick Passengers ................................................................................. 10
3.5.11
PRM (Passenger Reduced Mobility) ................................................... 11
3.5.12
PRM s is divided into two categories:.................................................. 11
3.5.13
Expectant mothers .............................................................................. 11
3.5.14
INAD (Inadmissible Passenger) .......................................................... 12
3.5.15
Deportees ........................................................................................... 12
3.5.16
DEPA / DEPU ..................................................................................... 12
3.5.17
Unruly Passengers.............................................................................. 13
3.5.18
PAD Priorities...................................................................................... 14
3.5.19
PAD Handling...................................................................................... 15
3.6 Stretcher ..................................................................................................... 15
3.7 SSR Code Definition ................................................................................... 16
3.8 Passenger Manifest and Name List ............................................................ 17
3.8.1
Seating Boeing 737-700...................................................................... 18
3.8.2
Seating AIRBUS A319 ........................................................................ 19
3.8.3
Seat Allocation Boeing 737-700 / Configuration Y148 and .......... 22
Airbus 319 with Configuration Y150 ......................................................................... 22
3.8.3.1Restricted Seating Areas B737-700:.............................................................. 22
3.8.3.3 Other restricted seating areas: ................................................................... 22
3.8.3.4 Recommended Seating Areas .................................................................... 23
3.8.3.5 Prescribed Seating Areas ........................................................................... 23
3.8.3.6 Additional Restrictions ................................................................................ 23
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3
Page:
2
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
3.8.3.7 Additional Information ................................................................................. 23

3.8.3.8 None smoking Flights ................................................................................... 23
3.9 Irregularities / Delays .................................................................................. 25
3.9.1
Delays ................................................................................................. 25
3.9.2
Meals and Refreshments .................................................................... 26
3.9.3
Security Measurements ...................................................................... 27
3.10 Baggage...................................................................................................... 27
3.10.1
Free Baggage Allowance .................................................................... 27
3.10.2
Charges for live Animals ..................................................................... 29
3.11 Free carry-on Items..................................................................................... 29
3.12 Unchecked Baggage / Free Carry-On Items ............................................... 29
3.13 Checked Baggage (Registered Baggage)................................................... 30
3.14 Refusal of Baggage..................................................................................... 30
3.15 Limited Release Tag ................................................................................... 30
3.16 Transport of live animals ............................................................................. 30
3.16.1
Cabin (PETC)...................................................................................... 30
3.16.2
Compartments (AVIH)......................................................................... 31
3.16.3
Guide Dogs ........................................................................................ 31
3.17 Dangerous Goods carried by Passenger or Crew as Baggage................... 31
3.18 Transport of Human Remains (HUM).......................................................... 31
3.19 Transport of Security Items and Weapons .................................................. 32
3.20 Exception for an Armed Bodyguard ............................................................ 32
3.22 Forms.......................................................................................................... 35
3.22.1
Passenger Hand out / EU Regulation 261 / German Language.......... 35
3.22.2
Passenger Hand out / EU Regulation 261 / English Language ........... 36
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
3.1
General
3.1.1
Principles
CHAPTER 3
Page:
3
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Only passengers holding a validated ticket issued by a tour operator (Charter

Company for the designated flight) or by Hamburg international will be
accepted. Additional Hamburg international is also accepting passenger
without classic airline ticket only with booking confirmation for ETIX
(Ticketless travel). Passenger name and records are corresponding to the
very respective PNL. For identification of passenger passport or personal ID
is required.
Tickets have to be correctly issued and stamped. Revenue passengers will
not be seated in the cockpit or on jump seats. Non revenue passengers may
be transported in the cockpit or on jump seat. Decision will be made by the
pilot in command.
Passengers NOT holding a classic airline ticket or any other documents
marking travel eligible on Hamburg internation flights (see GOM 3.1.1) can
from now on travel as passenger name and records are corresponding to the
very respective PNL for flights in question.
In the case the passenger is not listed in the valid PNL, please contact our
OCC ( +49 40 500 501 10/13) for clarification. For general inquiries
regarding ticket acceptance please contact
sales@hamburg-international.de
3.1.2
Transportation Document (Ticket)

An issued ticket requires the following entries:
The passengers surname (family name) followed by a diagonal stroke

and initials, and or title. Whenever possible the given (first) name may be
replaced by initials.
Passengers gender
The official two- or three character designator of the carrier
The scheduled date of departure in alphanumerically order, e.g. 15MAY.
The local departure time
a reservation status code
free baggage allowance for each segment of the journey
ticket must be validated or stamped
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
3.1.3
CHAPTER 3
Page:
4
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Compiling and Dispatching of Passenger Revenue Documents

The relevant transportation documents (flight coupons, load sheet,
Passenger Manifest, etc.) have to be submitted to Hamburg international
head office Hamburg. Under no circumstances put the a. m. items on the
flight they are related to.
3.1.4
Fixed Turnaround Time

For all Hambug international flights the turnaround time is calculated
with 45 minutes
3.2
Passenger Handling
3.2.1
Passenger Check-in Procedure

The check-in counters assigned for handling Hamburg International flights
should display the following information:
The Hamburg International Logo
Flight Number
Scheduled Time of Departure
Destination
Gate Number
The check-in counters should be opened at least 2 hours before
scheduled departure time.
EU-Regulation No. 261 on Passenger Rights should be laid out at the
check-in counter (see forms this chapter, paragraph 3.21.1)
The closure time of counters for all Hamburg International flights is 30
minutes prior the STD.
Every passenger should present him/herself at check-in counter with a
valid ticket (ETIX included) and his/her Identification card or similar.
The passenger must carry his/her own bag at check-in to be weighted by
the handling company.
The handling agent staff must be professional, warm and smiling. They
should keep eye contact with the passengers and address them by
name.
Separate check-in counters should be provided and equipped with the
necessary check-in Materials before the check-in starts. Counters and
materials should be tidy. Followed things must be insured by the
check-in staff during check-in:
Welcome the passenger and ask for the flight ticket.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
3.2.2
CHAPTER 3
Page:
5
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Compare the name on the ticket with the name on passenger name list.
Check validity of the ticket by checking destination, flight number and
date.
Only passengers holding a valid ticket issued by a tour operator or by
Hamburg International will be accepted. ETIX passenger will be accepted
if listed on the PNL for flight.
Revenue passengers are not allowed for transportation in the cockpit or
on jump seats.
If the pilot in command agrees non revenue passengers may be
accepted for transportation in the cockpit or on jump seats
Check travel documents (passport and visa).
First check the names list for any special seat request and if negative
then ask the passenger for any seat preference.
Perform seat allocation by using respective seat chart.
Issue boarding pass.
If the check-in is done manually, write the seat number on the passenger
ticket.
Limited release tag must be signed by the passenger
Check the number and weight of the luggage.
Special requests (e.g. WCHR, UM, etc.) advised by the daily aircraft
rotation plan have to be taken into consideration.
Weight all baggage and remove the old baggage tags if there are any
and issue a new baggage tag for the destination using the correct airport
code.
Make sure that for all ethnic flights each hand baggage will be tagged
with the Hamburg International Cabin Baggage Label.
Look out for dangerous goods and corrosive material.
Enter the number of pieces and weight of baggage on the ticket.
Enter the actual baggage weight and piece on passenger manifest.
Check if the baggage is properly packed and examine if there is any
damage.
If you detect any damage, issue a limited release tag.
Inform the passenger about customs and immigration procedures if
needed.
Inform the passenger about the departure gate and boarding time.
(After check-in all passengers must have a boarding card with full
information of flight).
Say goodbye and wish the passenger a pleasant flight.
Last Minute Passengers

Last minute check-in passengers can be accepted as long as the
acceptance does not cause any delay. Hamburg International will not be
held responsible for any claim resulting from late arrival of passengers for
check-in. If not otherwise regulated during the boarding procedure, last
minute check-in passengers keep custody of their total baggage. At the
aircraft the passenger / ramp agent has to instruct the loading staff to take
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3
Page:
6
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
care of the LMC baggage. The Pilot in Command has to be informed about
the LMC. He takes final decision of the acceptance of the LMC.
3.3
Boarding
3.3.1
During boarding:
The boarding decision is taken in coordination with the flight crew and
authorized staff.
Make an announcement before starting the boarding and ask the
passengers to have their boarding cards, passpord/ID-Card ready.
Announcements must be in English and the local native language and
they should contain the flight number, destination, gate number and
boarding sequence if applicable.
Note: Sequential boarding is not possible at all stations if aircraft is
parked on remote position
Make a general boarding call as a reminder during boarding.
Check the travel documents (Passport, VISA, Residence Permits) which
are requested for the flight (Destination). The called Last Gate Check
must be performed by the handling agent or personnel of the carrier.
Passengers should be boarded according to the following sequence:
Deportees and inadmissible passengers.

Passengers needing special assistance (Reduced mobility passengers
and UM s).
Transit passengers.
Families with small children/infants.
Example of boarding announcement:
First of all we would like to ask Passengers travailing with small
children to board the aircraft.
To ease boarding we would like to ask passengers seated from row
26 to 14 to board the aircraft first.
Passengers seated from row 12 to 1 are invited to board .the aircraft
now.
Check the boarding passes for the correct flight number.

Tear off the boarding pass.
Help passengers requiring special assistance.
Avoid crowded areas and long queues in the air bridges, on the stairs or
at the entrance of the buses.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3
Page:
7
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
If boarding is done by bus, make sure that buses are not overloaded.
The number of the passengers boarded must be equal to the number of
boarding passes and to the number of passengers on the load sheet.
In case of missing passengers:
Make an announcement that all remaining passengers are requested to

embark the aircraft immediately
Make an individual call for the passenger at the gate and the terminal
Check with customs, immigration and security if passengers kept busy or
under custody
Check if boarding cards match with DCS
Check the name of the passenger and call him by name
Check if he/she is on board of the aircraft and call passenger by name
Offload the baggage of the missing passenger and cancel the passenger
in the DCS; advice load control supervisor and/or crew.
If baggage identification becomes necessary ask Pilot in Command for
permission.
At stations where check-in is done manually, refer to the passenger ticket
and immediately request the ramp supervisor to offload the baggage.
Check earlier/later flights in case that passenger shows up later.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
3.4
CHAPTER 3
Page:
8
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Arrival
Handling agent staff should take the following actions on arrival of
passengers:
Check the number of incoming passengers (LDM) in order to determine
the number of buses needed.
Check the PSM.
Arrange equipment and coordinate staff if special assistance is needed.
Check the estimated time of arrival.
When the aircraft arrives, the cabin crew must open cabin doors.
Disembarkation may only start if OK is given by the ground staff to the
cabin crew.
3.4.1
Disembarkation sequence should be as follows:
3.4.2
UM
Passengers
Reduced mobility passengers or passengers needing special assistance
Deportee passengers
If there are transit passengers on board
Based on the load message (LDM), the transit station should prepare the
correct number of transit boarding passes.
Advice transit passengers to take their belonging with them when
disembarking.
Distribute transit-boarding passes at the gate.
The number of transit passengers disembarking and the number of
boarding passes distributed must be the same.
Inform the passengers about the boarding time and the gate.
Board the transit passengers before local passengers and collect the
boarding passes.
The number of transit passengers and the number of the transit boarding
passes collected must be the same.
The total number of transit passengers must be the same as the number
of transit passengers marked on the load sheet.
Hamburg International is not liable for transit passengers who disembark
and do not show up for embarkation on the continuing of the transit flight.
If the transit passengers stay on board:
Cabin crew must check the number of passengers remaining on board to

ensure that only transit passengers stayed on board.
Aircraft stairs and air bridges must be positioned.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
3.5
Special Categories of Passengers
3.5.1
Infants
CHAPTER 3
Page:
9
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Children below the age of 2 years are considered as infants. They must
always be accompanied by an adult of minimum 16 years of age. Infants are
to be seated on the lap of the accompanying adult. When seat belt signs are
on infants must be carried on the lap at all times.
A maximum of 20 infants are allowed on Hamburg International flights.
3.5.2
UM (Unaccompanied Minor)
Definition
Children between 5 and 11 years of age travelling alone are to be
considered as unaccompanied minors. The same applies for a child who is
travelling alone but under the custody of an escort provided by the carrier.
3.5.3
UM General
Hamburg International becomes fully responsible for the UM from the
moment he/she is handed over by the parents or the authorized adult to the
staff concerned.
UMs will be accompanied to the airport of departure by an escort. The
escorts name is mentioned on the handling advice for UMs.
The escort delivers all documents necessary for travel to the handling or
supervision agent concerned. The escort has to stay at the airport until the
respective aircraft is airborne. He/She carries on responsibility for the UM
until the flight is called for embarkation and the UM is handed over to a
member of the handling agent. To ensure that the UM will safely be
transferred to one of our Flight Attendant a ground staff member will
personally guide the UM to our aircraft.
Upon arrival the cabin attendant will hand over the UM(s) to our contracted
ground handling. This staff will take care of the UM until it is picked up by the
respective escort named on the handling advise.
3.5.4
Limited acceptance
A maximum of eight (8) UMs will be accepted on Hamburg
International flights
3.5.5
Reservation
The parents or guardian making the reservation for the UM have to provide
the names, addresses and phone number of the person(s) escorting the UM
to the airport of departure and picking up the UM at the arrival airport.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
3.5.6
CHAPTER 3
Page:
10
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Handling advice
In order to ensure that the UM is accepted from and handed over to the
correct person(s), a Handling advice for child travelling alone must be
issued.
It shall be completed either at the reservation office or latest at the check-in.
The handling advice form consists of three copies and must be distributed as
follow:
Original and 1st copy to be attached the minors ticket or its UM wallet
2nd copy to be handed over to the senior cabin attendant
3rd copy to the station file.
3.5.7
Additional Checks
3.5.8
Check that UM is holding all necessary flight documents, a completed

and signed handling advice form and the UM bag with name and routing
filled out.
Ensure that correct information is in the check-in record.
Ensure that UM is assigned a seat according to the regulations.
Pre-board the UM as mentioned above
Inform the destination station by means of PSM.
If there is an UM on arrival, meet the UM at the aircraft.
Guide him/her through immigration and customs.
Check the identity of the person who is waiting for the UM. Ask him to
counter sign the form and handover the UM.
Young passengers
Young passengers between 12 and 16 years may be treated as UMs upon
request of their parents or other authorized persons, if there is any doubt of
the minors ability in means of travelling alone or if the minor is
accompanying another child under 12 years of age.
3.5.9
Minors below five years of age

No minors below the age of five will be accepted as UM, unless:
being accompanied by brother or sister who are at least 16 years old
being accompanied by an escort who is at least 18 years old
3.5.10 Sick Passengers

Sick passengers will only be accepted if they hold a written flight
authorization/fitness
report
by
a
medical
doctor.
Passengers
requesting/requiring assistance for boarding/disembarking or medical aid will
normally not be charged for the additional services.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3
Page:
11
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
The handling/supervision agent is responsible to check this report, inform the

crew and the next station about any assistance the passenger may require.
3.5.11 PRM (Passenger Reduced Mobility)
A PRM is a passenger with reduced mobility i.e. a passenger whose physical
or mental condition requires individual attention and/or assistance, which is
normally not given to other passengers.
The handling of passenger with reduced mobility (PRM) will be arranged in
accordance with the regulations of (EG) No. 1107/2006. All reasonable
efforts should be made to arrange all requested assistance to meet the
needs of individuals with reduced mobility on request, subject to safety
requirements and availability. The service for passenger with reduced
mobility is free of charge.
Where a PRM is assisted by an accompanying person, all reasonable efforts
should be made to give such person a seat next to the PRM
Special seat reservation for PRM see Chapter 3.8.3
3.5.12 PRM s is divided into two categories:
Medical cases and none-medical cases.
Medical case is a passenger with reduced mobility for whom medical

Clearance is required.
A non-medical case is a passenger with reduced mobility for whom No
medical clearance is required.
Note:
Preferably all PRM passengers should be escorted.

PRM passenger must be reported to the airport of destination
The SITA address you will find in the station information
3.5.13 Expectant mothers

Expectant mothers are accepted on the same terms as any other Hamburg
International passenger. Special attention shall be given by the ground staff
and the cabin crew.
Effective the 32nd week of pregnancy a written authorization from a medical
doctor has to be submitted.
The date of expected confinement can be checked with the certificate of
maternity (Mutterpass) or the pregnant woman can be asked discreetly.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3
Page:
12
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Expectant mothers are accepted for transportation up to the 36th week of

their pregnancy but only with the above mentioned medical statement (week
32 to 36).
During the last 4 weeks of pregnancy prior to confinement or in other words
with beginning of the 32th week of pregnancy no permission will be granted
for air transportation on Hamburg International aircraft.
3.5.14 INAD (Inadmissible Passenger)
ICAO Facilitation Annex 9, Chapter 3- part E;
B-Particular provisions:
3.39 Each Contracting State shall ensure that a person found inadmissible is
transferred back into to the custody of the operator(s) who shall be
responsible for prompt removal to the point where the person commenced
his journey, or to any other place where the person is admissible
3.5.15 Deportees
3.40 Each Contracting State shall ensure that operator(s) are informed when
persons are obliged to travel because they have been formally ordered by
the public authorities to be removed from that State
An admissible passenger (INAD) is a passenger who is (or will be) refused
admission to a country by the authorities of such a country, or who is refused
onward carriage by an airline or government authority at a point of transfer,
e.g. due to lack of visa, expired passport, etc.
The responsibility of inadmissible passenger lies fully with the airline(s)
concerned.
Routine measures may include:
Checking of documents according to TIM and/or according to

documentation provided by the respective head offices.
Passenger profiling.
Hamburg International is responsible for the removal of the INAD to the
point where the passenger commenced his journey.
Stations must organize and coordinate INAD transportation with the local
authorities.
Stations must inform the destination station of INAD by PSM message.
3.5.16 DEPA / DEPU

A deportee (DEPA / DEPU) is a passenger who had legally been admitted to
a country by its authorities or who had entered a country illegally and who at
some later time is formally ordered by the authorities to be removed from
that country.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Code
DEPA
DEPU
CHAPTER 3
Page:
13
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Definition
Accompanied deportees
Unaccompanied deportees
The deporting authorities decide whether an escort is required or not and

decide how many escorts are needed.
3.5.17 Unruly Passengers

An unruly Passenger is a passenger causing discomfort to other passengers
and/or by such disruptive behaviour jeopardizing the safety and security of
other passengers and the airline staff.
Hamburg International may refuse carriage or onward carriage of any

passenger if such a step is necessary in the exercise of its reasonable
discretion.
For reasons of safety

In order to prevent violation of any applicable law, regulations or order of
any state or country to be flown from into over.
Because the mental or physical state of the passenger is such that it
requires special assistance from the carrier or causes discomfort or
makes him objectionable to other persons or property or involves any
hazard or risk to himself or property.
Because the passenger has failed to observe the instruction of the
carrier.
Intentionally Left Blank
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
3.5.18 PAD Priorities
CHAPTER 3
Page:
14
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3
Page:
15
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
3.5.19 PAD Handling

Passeneger with PAD status will be accepted for flight only seat
available. In the case the aircraft is fully booked a junp seat must be
requested by the carrier. In the decition of PIC the jump seat OK will be
given to the PAD.
30min before departure (ETD) the handling company will accept the
PAD for check-in. PAD check-in more than 30min before ETD only
possible if seats available or boarding card issued without seat
allocation (Standby). There is no right of transportation if the passenger
is holding a PAD ticket, passenger available for disembarkation.
3.6
Stretcher
Stretchers are not available on Hamburg International flights.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
3.7
CHAPTER 3
Page:
16
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
SSR Code Definition

SSR
Code
WCHC
WCHP
WCHS
WCHR
BLND
DEAF
MUTE
STCR
Definition
A passenger who is completely immobile. He requires a
wheelchair to and from the aircraft and must be carried up and
down the steps and to and from his/her seat.
A passenger who cannot ascent and decent steps but who can
use in case of an emergency his arms. He requires a wheelchair
to and from the aircraft and must be varied up and down the
steps.
A passenger who cannot ascent and descent steps but who can
move in the aircraft cabin. He requires a wheelchair to and from
the aircraft and must be carried up and down the steps.
Passengers who can ascent and descent steps and move in the
aircraft cabin but who requires a wheelchair to and from the
aircraft.
A blind is a passenger who is blind and needs assistance. He
may be accompanied by a person or a seeing eye dog.
A deaf is a passenger who is deaf and needs assistance for any
announcement on the ground and on board.
A mute is a passenger who is mute but needs no special
assistance.
A stretcher case is a passenger who requires transportation on a
stretcher.
NOTE 1:
There are four categories of wheelchair passengers shown

on list above
NOTE 2
the number of wheelchairs can be limited due to a restricted

loading capacity.
NOTE 3
on board of HHI B737-700/300 and A319 aircrafts, 6

unaccompanied handicapped passengers are allowed to
travel, thereof only two (2) WCHCS.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
If the passenger is taking his own wheelchair, the handling agent staff
should check if it contains a dry or wet battery.
PRM information should be written on the forms and the load control
department should be informed of the wheelchair if there are any.
A special baggage label should be attached.
The passenger should be pre-boarded and the cabin crew should be
informed.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
3.8
CHAPTER 3
Page:
17
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
A PSM (passenger service message) should be sent to all stations

involved.
Passengers whose conduct mental status or physical condition may
render them incapable of caring for themselves without assistance or
who might be a risk to themselves, to other people or to the safety of the
flight; and passengers who suffer from any disease which is believed to
be contagious and could be passed on to other passengers on board
(except typical childrens disease) can not be accepted for flying.
Passenger Manifest and Name List

When issuing the Hamburg International passenger manifest the following
should be performed:
A different passenger manifest has to be filled on each Hamburg
International flight.
Each passenger manifest should contain flight number and date.
Only one passenger having an infant may sit on one row.
Sex of each passenger has to be marked as: M (Male) / F (Female) / C
(Child) I (Infant)
Piece and weights (must be in kilograms) of checked baggage should be
indicated.
Non-revenue passengers have to be indicated.
Passenger manifests have to be copied as four sets.
The tour operator should deliver the name list latest 24 hours before STD.
Name list must clearly indicate flight number, date, destination, and
passengers special information.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3
Page:
18
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
3.8.1 Seating Boeing 737-700

Seat Plan
SINGLE CLASS ECONOMY Y148 / Seats at 29 to 30 inch pitch.
Below seat chart is applicable for all Hamburg international aircrafts, such as
DAHIC
EXIT
VIPs A F
preferably
WCHCS
only A Seats
EXIT
1A
WINDOW
2A
WINDOW
3A
WINDOW
4A
WINDOW
5A
WINDOW
6A
WINDOW
7A
WINDOW
8A
WINDOW
9A
WINDOW
10A
WINDOW
11A
WINDOW
EXIT
WCHCS
only A Seats
WCHCS
only A Seats
EXIT
14A
WINDOW
15A
WINDOW
16A
WINDOW
17A
WINDOW
18A
WINDOW
19A
WINDOW
20A
WINDOW
21A
WINDOW
22A
WINDOW
23A
WINDOW
24A
WINDOW
25A
WINDOW
26A
WINDOW
1B
CENTER
2B
CENTER
3B
CENTER
4B
CENTER
5B
CENTER
6B
CENTER
7B
CENTER
8B
CENTER
9B
CENTER
10B
CENTER
11B
CENTER
1C
AISLE
2C
AISLE
3C
AISLE
4C
AISLE
5C
AISLE
6C
AISLE
7C
AISLE
8C
AISLE
9C
AISLE
10C
AISLE
11C
AISLE
1D
AISLE
2D
AISLE
3D
AISLE
4D
AISLE
5D
AISLE
6D
AISLE
7D
AISLE
8D
AISLE
9D
AISLE
10D
AISLE
11D
AISLE
1E
CENTER
2E
CENTER
3E
CENTER
4E
CENTER
5E
CENTER
6E
CENTER
7E
CENTER
8E
CENTER
9E
CENTER
10E
CENTER
11E
CENTER
12B
CENTER
12C
AISLE
12D
AISLE
12E
CENTER
14B
CENTER
15B
CENTER
16B
CENTER
17B
CENTER
18B
CENTER
19B
CENTER
20B
CENTER
21B
CENTER
22B
CENTER
23B
CENTER
24B
CENTER
25B
CENTER
26B
CENTER
14C
ASILE
15C
AISLE
16C
AISLE
17C
AISLE
18C
AISLE
19C
AISLE
20C
AISLE
21C
AISLE
22C
AISLE
23C
AISLE
24C
AISLE
25C
AISLE
26C
AISLE
14D
ASILE
15D
AISLE
16D
AISLE
17D
AISLE
18D
AISLE
19D
AISLE
20D
AISLE
21D
AISLE
22D
AISLE
23D
AISLE
24D
AISLE
25D
AISLE
26D
AISLE
14E
CENTER
15E
CENTER
16E
CENTER
17E
CENTER
18E
CENTER
19E
CENTER
20E
CENTER
21E
CENTER
22E
CENTER
23E
CENTER
24E
CENTER
25E
CENTER
26E
CENTER
1F
WINDOW
2F
WINDOW
3F
WINDOW
4F
WINDOW
5F
WINDOW
6F
WINDOW
7F
WINDOW
8F
WINDOW
9F
WINDOW
10F
WINDOW
11F
WINDOW
EXIT
14F
WINDOW
15F
WINDOW
16F
WINDOW
17F
WINDOW
18F
WINDOW
19F
WINDOW
20F
WINDOW
21F
WINDOW
22F
WINDOW
23F
WINDOW
24F
WINDOW
25F
WINDOW
26F
WINDOW
EXIT
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
3.8.2
CHAPTER 3
Page:
19
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Seating AIRBUS A319

Seat Plan
SINGLE CLASS ECONOMY Y150 / SEATS AT 29 INCH PITCH
Below seat chart is applicable for all Hamburg International aircrafts, such as
DAHIH / DAHII
EXIT
EXIT
VIPs A F
preferably
WCHCS
only A Seats
EXIT
EXIT
WCHCS
only A Seats
WCHCS
only A Seats
EXIT
1A
WINDOW
2A
WINDOW
3A
WINDOW
4A
WINDOW
5A
WINDOW
6A
WINDOW
7A
WINDOW
8A
WINDOW
9A
WINDOW
10A
WINDOW
11A
WINDOW
1B
CENTER
2B
CENTER
3B
CENTER
4B
CENTER
5B
CENTER
6B
CENTER
7B
CENTER
8B
CENTER
9B
CENTER
10B
CENTER
11B
CENTER
1C
AISLE
2C
AISLE
3C
AISLE
4C
AISLE
5C
AISLE
6C
AISLE
7C
AISLE
8C
AISLE
9C
AISLE
10C
AISLE
11C
AISLE
1D
AISLE
2D
AISLE
3D
AISLE
4D
AISLE
5D
AISLE
6D
AISLE
7D
AISLE
8D
AISLE
9D
AISLE
10D
AISLE
11D
AISLE
1E
CENTER
2E
CENTER
3E
CENTER
4E
CENTER
5E
CENTER
6E
CENTER
7E
CENTER
8E
CENTER
9E
CENTER
10E
CENTER
11E
CENTER
1F
WINDOW
2F
WINDOW
3F
WINDOW
4F
WINDOW
5F
WINDOW
6F
WINDOW
7F
WINDOW
8F
WINDOW
9F
WINDOW
10F
WINDOW
11F
WINDOW
12A
WINDOW
12B
CENTER
12C
AISLE
12D
AISLE
12E
CENTER
12F
WINDOW
14A
WINDOW
15A
WINDOW
16A
WINDOW
17A
WINDOW
18A
WINDOW
19A
WINDOW
20A
WINDOW
21A
WINDOW
22A
WINDOW
23A
WINDOW
24A
WINDOW
25A
WINDOW
26A
WINDOW
27A
WINDOW
14B
CENTER
15B
CENTER
16B
CENTER
17B
CENTER
18B
CENTER
19B
CENTER
20B
CENTER
21B
CENTER
22B
CENTER
23B
CENTER
24B
CENTER
25B
CENTER
26B
CENTER
27B
CENTER
14C
ASILE
15C
AISLE
16C
AISLE
17C
AISLE
18C
AISLE
19C
AISLE
20C
AISLE
21C
AISLE
22C
AISLE
23C
AISLE
24C
AISLE
25C
AISLE
26C
AISLE
27C
AISLE
14D
ASILE
15D
AISLE
16D
AISLE
17D
AISLE
18D
AISLE
19D
AISLE
20D
AISLE
21D
AISLE
22D
AISLE
23D
AISLE
24D
AISLE
25D
AISLE
14E
CENTER
15E
CENTER
16E
CENTER
17E
CENTER
18E
CENTER
19E
CENTER
20E
CENTER
21E
CENTER
22E
CENTER
23E
CENTER
24E
CENTER
25E
CENTER
14F
WINDOW
15F
WINDOW
16F
WINDOW
17F
WINDOW
18F
WINDOW
19F
WINDOW
20F
WINDOW
21F
WINDOW
22F
WINDOW
23F
WINDOW
24F
WINDOW
25F
WINDOW
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
BOEING 737 - 700
CHAPTER 3
Page:
20
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 3
Page:
21
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
Airbus 319 -111

D - AHIH // D - AHII // D - AHIJ // D - AHIK // D - AHIL // D AHIM
D-AHIN // D-AHIO
EMERGENCY EXIT
EMERGENCY EXIT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
A
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
B
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
E
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
F
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
INF
Tabel indicates possible locations for

Infants.
Only one (1) infant per entire row (A F) permitted.
In row 1 two (2) Infants are permited
but not in 1C and 1D
MAX number of Infants being 20.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
EMERGENCY EXIT
EMERGENCY EXIT
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3
Page:
22
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
3.8.3 Seat Allocation Boeing 737-700 / Configuration Y148 and

Airbus 319 with Configuration Y150
For following aircrafts: D-AHIC / D-AHIH / D-AHII / D-AHIJ / D-AHIM /
D-AHIK / D-AHIM / D-AHIN / D-AHIO
Seat allocation must take place on all flights unless the tour operator has
requested free seating.
3.8.3.1Restricted Seating Areas B737-700:
Following Passengers are not be seated on 12BCDE, 14A to F :
Handicapped and disabled passengers

Elderly, feebly and heavyweight passengers
Infants, Children and other persons younger than18 years of age
Pregnant Passengers
Deportees
3.8.3.2 Restricted Seating Areas A319

Following Passengers are not be seated on 10/11A-F (Emergency Exit) :
Handicapped and disabled passengers

Elderly, feebly and heavyweight passengers
Infants, Children and other persons younger than18 years of age
Pregnant Passengers
Deportees
3.8.3.3 Other restricted seating areas:
Passengers with pets are not permitted to be seated in row 1

Infants are not be seated on 1C + 1D
Only 1 (one) infant per entire row A-F B737-700 & A319 permitted
In row 1 two (2) infants are permitted only B737-700 & A319
For all aircraft types WCH are not permitted in row 1 and last row
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3
Page:
23
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
3.8.3.4 Recommended Seating Areas
Recommended UM Seats row 2 to 4, A-F.

Infants should be seated in the forward seat rows except seat 1C and
1D and emergency exit.
Passengers with reduced power of hearing should in the after section of
the aircraft.
3.8.3.5 Prescribed Seating Areas
Passengers likely to assist evacuation should be seated on 12 BCDE, 14

A-F for B737/700 and on row 10/11A-F for A319.
Only those persons who appear reasonable fit and strong be seated
adjacent to self-help exits.
WCHC passengers are to be seated only on A seats.
WCHC Passengers ought to be seated in the middle of two emergency
exits (Row 6 and Row 20)
3.8.3.6 Additional Restrictions
Only one (1) infant is allowed per seat row block due to limited
availability of oxygen masks (seat row block = i.e. 2 A-F).
Maximum 20 infants are allowed on Hamburg International flights.
Maximum 8 of UM are permitted to travel on one aircraft
Maximum 6 WCHR/WCHS/WCHC without escort are permitted per
flight thereof max 2 WCHC
3.8.3.7 Additional Information
Leg Space:
Row 1 and ROW 12, 14A+F for B737/700

Row 1 and 10/11A-F A319
(until forther noticed booking for both types
only row 1 possible)
Emergency Exits:
No Recline
Stretcher Seats:
Row 12/14 (B737-700)

Row 10/11A-F for A319
Row 11, 12 and 26 for B737/700
Not available
3.8.3.8 None smoking Flights

If not otherwise explicitly indicated by Hamburg International, all Hamburg
International Flights are NONE SMOKING FLIGHTS!
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3
Page:
24
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
3.9
CHAPTER 3
Page:
25
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Irregularities / Delays
Duties of the handling agent:
Keep calm.
Remain impartial.
Never blame other people, departments or organizations.
Listen to the passenger. Do not argue.
Give immediate and accurate information.
Inform passenger when more information will follow.
Give information even earlier if it is known.
Answer questions correctly and completely.
Make short, informative and easily understandable announcements.
Be pro-active: If known in advance, prepare solutions before the
passengers arrive.
React immediately to a first signal of irregularity.
Find a quick and total solution.
Do not change decisions already taken unless it is absolutely necessary.
Avoid referring passengers to other desks.
Use common sense.
3.9.1 Delays
Punctuality and on-time performance is a basic standard of Hamburg

International flights.
Hamburg International Operations Control Centre has to be informed
by all stations in case of a delay.
Hamburg International OCC will advice all relevant stations and Tour
Operators.
The passengers must be informee about the EU-Regulation 261/2004
Passenger Rights (see Forms)
If a delay on departure is more than 3 minutes, numeric delay code must
be added on MVT message.
If a delay is more than 15 min a report must be sent to Hamburg
International within 24 Hours.
Variational regulations between the carrier and the handling company will
be not concerned from this regulation. Possible, reports are requested for
a delay less than 15min.
It is very important that an expected delay and its reasons are given to
the passengers at all times.
The handling agent should ensure following actions if a delay is
known before boarding:
Apologize and inform the passengers about the reason of the delay.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3
Page:
26
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Use public address system monitors information boards wherever it is

possible.
If the duration of the delay is unknown, then advice the passengers when
further information will be given.
Reconfirm the departure gate to the passengers.
Coordinate closely with the crew, informing cabin crew and flight crew
about the delay.
Offer refreshments, meals and other services in accordance to this
Chapter shown under section 3.9.2.
Confirm when the passengers should be back at the gate.
If necessary and possible adjust the in-flight meal plan according to the
time of day in coordination with the cabin crew and catering department.
Inform the passengers about EU-Regulation 261 (Passenger Rights). If
requested hand over a copy of regulation.
3.9.2 Meals and Refreshments

Offer light refreshments/snacks or meals in accordance to the time of the
day and of course in accordance to the length of delay.
Duration of
delay
2 hours
2 to 3 hours
more than
4 hours
9 hours or
more
Light
Refreshments /
Snacks
No
Yes
Meals
Hotel
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
see subsidiary
point c
a Light refreshments / Snacks contain a beverage and/or a sandwich

which should not exceed 5 Euro or the equivalent local currency.
b meal should not exceed 12,50 Euro

Note:Stations must inform the local caterer / restaurant before
sending large number of passengers.
c Hotel accommodation must be confirmed by Hamburg International

OCC. Phone +49 (0) 40-500-501-10 or 13, SITA HAMHH4R.
If permission is granted for HOTAC, Handling agent and / or tour
operator will arrange suitable hotel rooms. Hamburg International will
be charged for single rooms / double rooms for couples including
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3
Page:
27
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
shower, breakfast, transport to and from the hotel. If possible try to

accommodate passengers of one flight in the same hotel.
3.9.3 Security Measurements
3.10
X-Ray
Once screened, passengers should be kept at sterile area.
Checked baggage and loaded baggage has to match each other.
Checked passenger and boarded passenger have to match each other.
Loading should not start before the check-in is closed.
If a pap refuses the flight or is refused for any reason, all baggage should
be offloaded and prepared for baggage ID and the baggage of the pap
should be offloaded.
Baggage
3.10.1 Free Baggage Allowance

The normal applicable free baggage allowance is shown on the passenger
ticket.
If not otherwise stated, adults, children are allowed to carry 20 kg (30 kg for
minimum stay of 28 days or more) of baggage free of charge, excluding
cabin baggage. Holder of TUI-GOLD-CARD plus 5 companions have 30kg
free baggage allowance.
In case the total baggage weight exceeds the free baggage allowance the
passenger will be informed. This excess baggage can only be accepted after
payment of the applicable surcharge.
Bulk- or special baggage is not a part of the free baggage allowance and has
to be paid extra. For details and regulations for sport equipment like bicycles,
surfboards etc. contact HAMHIXH. All bulk-, special- or excess baggage will
normally be booked in advance. Space is limited in respect of weight and
volume.
Note:
Passenger and their baggage must be on the same flight.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3
Page:
28
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Charges for Excess Baggage and Animals

Applicable rates (valid from 28. Mart 2010):
EXCESS BAGGAGE SURCHARGE CATALOGUE

Type of Item
Max.
pieces
per flight
Para glider
20
Hang glider
20
Kite board
20
Diving equipment
30
Return
Charges
One way
Charges
60 Euro
30 Euro
60 Euro
30 Euro
60 Euro
30 Euro
60 Euro
30 Euro
XBAG-rate more than 30kg

XBAG-rate
Golf equipment
30
XBAG-rate
up to 15 kg free of charge for all

flights from 28.03.2010
60 Euro
30 Euro
Canoe, Kayak,
Surfboard
Wave board
50 Euro
25 Euro
Bicycle
20
60 Euro
30 Euro
own Wheelchair
AVIH
PETC up to 5kg
Equipment for
badminton, climbing,
archery, hockey,
horse riding, skiing,
tennis and fishing
Normal Excess
Baggage Charge
UM ( 5-11 years)
max 30 Kg per piece
free of charge
45 Euro
25 Euro
90 Euro
50 Euro
considered as
free baggage allowance
20 Euro per KG
10 Euro per KG
60 Euro
30 Euro
Remarks
Notification is required
if MAX nbr exceeded pls
contact Head Office
Notificationis required
contact Head Office
contact Head Office
Notifiation is required
contact Head Office
contact Head Office
incl. 1 mast, 2 sails,
1 wetsuit
none
none
Sport Equipment not mentioned above shall be charge 10,00 Euro (one way) 20,00 Euro (return)
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3
Page:
29
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
The excess baggage rate of 20 Euro (return) or 10 Euro (one way) is also to
be charged, in case the free baggage allowance is exceeded.
Note:
Sport equipment must be packed in an adequate package. There

is no liability in case of damage while using insufficient package.
3.10.2 Charges for live Animals

The normal excess baggage rate is applicable
Note:
3.11
A guide dog accompanying a blind or deaf passenger

will be accommodated in the cabin and is always free
of charge
Free carry-on Items

In addition to the free baggage allowances each passenger may carry free of
charge the following items:
3.12
one fully collapsible wheelchair and/or one pair of crutches and/or braces
or any other prosthesis
devices for passengers use
one Guide Dog (Dog trained to lead the blind/deaf)
a ladies handbag or ladies purse
an overcoat or wrap or blanket
an umbrella, a walking stick
a small camera and/or pair of binoculars
a reasonable amount of reading material for the flight
Unchecked Baggage / Free Carry-On Items

Any unchecked item in addition to the free carry-on items are considered
as cabin baggage must be included in the free baggage allowance. It must
be suitable for placing in the closed overhead rack or under the passengers
seat and must not exceed dimensions of 45x35x20cm. It is limited to one
piece per passenger. Cabin baggage up to 5 kg per passenger is
included in passenger-weight.
Last Baggage Gate Control (dimension, weight and number of pieces) is
requested on boarding gate. All pieces out of the limit must be transported in
the cargo compartment.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
3.13
CHAPTER 3
Page:
30
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Checked Baggage (Registered Baggage)

Checked Baggage is any suitably packed item accepted for check-in,
weighed, labelled and transported in the freight compartment of the aircraft.
Number of pieces and weight must be entered in the proper column of the
ticket.
All checked baggage must have a name label.
3.14
Refusal of Baggage
The following items will not be transported:
Items which are not connected with the particular journey of a passenger
Unaccompanied baggage
Items not suitable for transport due to size, weight or other special
characteristics
Items which may endanger the aircraft, persons or property or which will
must likely be damaged by air transport
3.15
Limited Release Tag

Hamburg International indemnifies itself from or against damage costs of
baggage items bearing Limited Release Tags.
Make use of a. m. labels if:
1. passengers baggage is
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
not properly packed

Bicycles when not in a strong outer package
Buggies
Already broken or damaged before acceptance of check-in
Contains perishable or fragile goods
2. Oversized or heavy hand luggage colleted at the boarding gate

3.16
Transport of live animals

Live animals are carried on the owners risk. The owner is responsible for
complying with the IATA Live Animals Regulations and the
requirements/Regulations of the countries of departure and destination. The
transport of the live animals must be confirmed by Hamburg international.
3.16.1 Cabin (PETC)

Animals up to a weight of 5kg including kennel are allowed to travel in the
cabin. The kennel must not be larger than cabin bag (45x35x20cm), leak
proof and allow a safe transport. The animal has to stay in the kennel during
the entire flight.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3
Page:
31
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Loading limits: up to 3 animals may be transported in the cabin

3.16.2 Compartments (AVIH)
Animals with the weight of 6kg and more must travel in the baggage
compartment in a kennel.
A live animal must be loaded as far away as possible from the door and the
kennel must always be tied down. It is not allowed to load a dog and a cat in
the same compartment.
A maximum of 3 (three) AVIH may be transported in hold. The AVIH must
always be mentioned in the load sheet.
3.16.3 Guide Dogs
A guide dog, accompanying a blind or deaf passenger will be
accommodated in the cabin and is always free of charge. A guide dog must
wear a muzzle. The dog will not occupy a seat and will be placed, where
other passengers will not be disturbed. The passenger must be in the
possession of all necessary animal health documents. Pilot in command and
Senior Flight attendant will be informed of blind passengers and guide dog
prior boarding and the information must be mentioned in the load sheet and
crew info sheet.
3.17
Dangerous Goods carried by Passenger or Crew as Baggage

Dangerous Goods are items as defined in the valid ICAO Technical
Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air and/or in the
valid IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations.
3.18
Transport of Human Remains (HUM)

Requests for transport of Human Remains (HUM) have to be forwarded to
HAMHIXH or FAX +49 30 319 88 1920 for authorization. Acceptance is
subject to a wide variety of circumstances which do not allow the outlay of
basic principles. Each case will be treated individually according to the actual
situation. The party requesting the transport of a deceased passenger will be
responsible for the paperwork (consular, customs, sanitary). The information
laid down in International Law about transport of Human Remains dated
10.FEB 1937 are still applicable.
Transport of coffins or funeral urns on passengers flight will adhere to the
following rules:
For the application are needed: Death Certificate from a competent authority
at the place of death, stating name and age of deceased and place, date and
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3
Page:
32
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
cause of death. For ashes a Death Certificate and a Cremation Certificate

from the competent authorities at place of death and / or cremation.
Packing: The waterproof outer coffin must contain a metal immovable inner
coffin bottom, which is coffered with a 5 cm thick layer of an acid resisting
substance mixed with an antiseptic. When any contagious disease is the
cause of death, corpse must be enveloped in antiseptic linen. The proper
packing must be confirmed by the delivering party.
Coffin / urn will normally be loaded before the passengers boards the
aircraft.
Appropriated remarks will be entered in the load sheet.
3.19
Transport of Security Items and Weapons

Passengers are not allowed to hold firearms and / or other sorts of arms like
daggers, knives and other offensive articles in their cabin baggage. If, as a
result of a security check, arms are taken from passengers or removed from
their hand baggage, the items must be labelled properly with limited release
tag (signed by the passenger) and stowed in the cargo holds in the extra unit
for security items.
Firearms may only be accepted as checked baggage in the cargo
compartment. Firearms must be carried unloaded in a suitable case. The
Passengers have to observe the regulation and must be in possession of the
necessary export, transit and import permits.
Ammunition can be accepted for carriage as checked baggage/security
items. For sporting and hunting purposes each passenger is permitted to
carry up to five kilograms of ammunition.
Ammunition will be handled as security items and will be delivered in to the
special boxes (units) in hold 1.
The rules for transportation of ammunition are also written down in the ICAO
Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air and
IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations.
3.20
Exception for an Armed Bodyguard

A Bodyguard on duty as an official escort must deliver his unloaded and
secured weapon at the aircraft to be handed over to the cockpit crew for a
safe storage.
The weapon will be returned upon arrival before the passengers disembark
the aircraft.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3
Page:
33
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
In all these cases the Pilot-in-Command and the senior flight attendant have
to be advised of name and status prior boarding.
3.21
Cargo & Comail Handling Procedure
3.21.1 General
Cargo only is not to be carried unless the particular aeroplane has been cleared for
operations in the cargo role. For such approved aeroplanes, details of the cargo
configuration and loading restrictions will be found in Part B of the aeroplane type.
For the carriage of dangerous goods general informations is contained in OM, Part A,
Chapter 9.
Dispatch and transportation of mail, cargo and luggage has to be done according to
the cargo regulations of IATA and JAR-OPS and the regulations of the Operations
Manual of Hamburg international. Additional valid national documentations (LBA,
BMVBW) as well as company procedures and regulations of Hamburg international
have to be observed.
On behalf of Hamburg international the cargo handling company has the full
responsibility for cargo acceptance, package, marking, labelling and documentation.
The cargo handling company is also responsibility, that the prescribed handling
procedure will be maintained and observed.
Procedures for the storage of cargo after acceptance and preparation for aircraft
loading must provide for:
security in all aspects-not only security of valuable cargo, but reducing to a
minimum the posibilities of damage, pilferage and mishandling of cargo;
segregation of, and suitable storage facilities for, special types of cargo, such
as dangerous goods, live animals, perishables, vulnerable and valuable cargo;
methodical and speedy pre-loading operation whereby the entire load may be
pre-assembled in accordance with local requirements.
Procedures for preparing bulk cargo for loading must provide for:
that cargo of dimension or weight exceeding the aircraft`s or carrier`s loading
limitations is not offered for loading;
segregation according to the local loading instructions;
incompatible items of cargo to be segregated according to AHM 645;
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3
Page:
34
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
determination of the weight according to AHM 534.
The loading of dangerous goods must be in accordance with IATA Dangerous Goods
regulations, appropriate Government regulations and the carrier`s regulations.
For the handling of live animals in preparation for aircraft loading, ensure strict
adherence to the procedures found in the IATA Live Animals regulations.
The carrier or its handling company shall ensure that the required procedures are
carried out by qualified personnel. It is recommended that the signature of the person
responsible for preparation of the load be recorded.
General cargo transportation only if place and weight available. There is no guaranty,
given by the carrier, for cargo transportation with a determined flight.
Comail will be transported free of charge and checked in as standard luggage.

Comail has to be announced to the customer service department of Hamburg
international. The Service Dispo will inform the handling agent accordingly. The
security regulations in force for comail handling must be observed. Before loading in
the aircraft comail must be screened (see Chapter 7 Security; Point 7.8).
The kind of comail, the weight and the number of pieces must be listed in the loading
instruction and at the load sheet (special items). The crew will be informed about
comail on board with the daily service dispo.
Transport of comail without announcement or permission from the carrier is stricly
prohibited.
(see Chapter 11 Administrative Procedure Cargo & Baggage Handling procedure
not related to Safety)
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3
Page:
35
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
3.22 Forms
3.20.1 Passenger Hand out / EU Regulation 261 / German Language
Informationen fr Fluggste zur EU-Verordnung 261/2004
Sehr geehrter Fluggast,
wenn Ihr Flug annulliert oder stark versptet wurde, oder Ihnen die Befrderung auf einem Flug fr den Sie eine besttigte
Buchung haben, verweigert wurde, stehen Ihnen Rechte gem der EU Verordnung 261/2004 zu, die am 17.02. 2005 in Kraft
getreten ist. Zustndig fr die Gewhrung Ihrer Rechte ist Ihre Fluggesellschaft.
Gltigkeit
Die Verordnung gilt:
fr Fluggste, die in einem EU Mitgliedstaat einen Flug antreten oder aus einem Drittstaat einen Flug mit einer EUFluggesellschaft in ein EU Land antreten,
nur, wenn Sie ber eine besttigte Buchung fr den betreffenden Flug verfgen,
nur wenn Sie sich (auer im Fall der Flugannullierung) zur angegebenen Zeit bzw. falls keine Zeit angegeben wurde,
sptestens 45 Minuten vor der verffentlichten Abflugzeit zur Abfertigung eingefunden haben,
nur wenn Sie zu einem der ffentlichkeit verfgbaren Tarif reisen.
Sie haben keinen Anspruch auf die unten genannten Leistungen gem der EU-Verordnung, wenn das Vorkommnis auf
auergewhnliche Umstnde zurckzufhren ist, die sich bei Ergreifen aller zumutbaren Manahmen nicht htten vermeiden
lassen. Beispielsweise bei schlechten Wetterbedingungen, politischer Instabilitt, Streiks, Sicherheitsrisiken, unerwarteten
Flugsicherheitsmngeln.
Versptungen
Wenn absehbar ist, dass Ihr Flug eine groe Versptung haben wird, haben Sie das Recht von der Fluggesellschaft
Betreuungsleistungen zu erhalten.
Dies sind:
Verpflegung in angemessenem Verhltnis zur Wartezeit, gegebenenfalls Hotelbernachtung und die Mglichkeit fr zwei kurze
Telefonate, Faxe oder E-Mails. Die Fluggesellschaft braucht Ihnen die Betreuungsleistungen nicht zu gewhren, wenn durch
sie Ihr Abflug noch weiter verzgert wrde.
Bei Versptungen ber 5 Stunden haben Sie das Recht, sich die Kosten fr den Flugschein fr nicht zurckgelegte
Reiseabschnitte erstatten zu lassen. Wir weisen darauf hin, dass bei Pauschalreisen der Anteil des Flugpreises bei vielen
Veranstaltern nur etwa 15% des gezahlten Reisepreises ausmacht. Wenn Sie von ihrer gesamten Pauschalreise zurcktreten,
kommen die Bedingungen der Pauschalreiserichtlinie (90/314/EWG) zur Anwendung, das heit Ihnen entstehen ggf.
Stornierungskosten bis zur Hhe des gesamten Reisepreises.
Nichtbefrderung
Wenn Sie im Falle einer berbuchung freiwillig oder unfreiwillig von der Befrderung auf dem gebuchten Flug ausgeschlossen
werden, haben Sie gegenber der Fluggesellschaft das Recht auf Betreuungsleistungen und Erstattung wie bei Versptungen
aufgefhrt. Auerdem wird Ihnen eine anderweitige Befrderung zum Endziel ihrer gebuchten Flugreise angeboten. Diese
erfolgt zum frhest mglichen Zeitpunkt und unter vergleichbaren Bedingungen. Vorbehaltlich verfgbarer Pltze knnen Sie
stattdessen auch zu einem spteren von Ihnen gewnschten Zeitpunkt zu ihrem Endziel reisen, wobei dann Verpflegungs-,
Hotel- und Transferkosten von Ihnen selbst zu tragen sind.
Wenn Sie unfreiwillig von der Befrderung ausgeschlossen wurden, haben Sie zustzlich das Recht auf eine unverzgliche
Ausgleichsleistung, die auch per Scheck oder berweisung erfolgen kann. Die Hhe dieser Zahlung ist abhngig von der
Entfernung der geplanten Flugstrecke und von der Ihnen angebotenen anderweitigen Befrderung:
Annullierung
Sollte der Flug, auf dem Sie eine besttigte Buchung hatten, annulliert worden sein, haben Sie ebenfalls die gleichen Rechte
auf eine anderweitige Befrderung, Betreuungsleistung, Erstattung und Ausgleichsleistung wie sie oben aufgefhrt sind.
Falls die Annullierung ihres Fluges auf Grund auergewhnlicher Umstnde erfolgte, haben Sie keine Recht auf
Ausgleichsleistungen
Sollten Sie von einer der o.a. Unregelmigkeit betroffen sein, bedauern wir Ihre
Unannehmlichkeiten und bitten um Entschuldigung. Sie knnen Ihre Beschwerde und ggfs.
Ansprche bei unserem Kundendienst vorbringen:
Hamburg international
Abt. Customer Service / Kundendienst
Paradiesstrasse 206B
12526 Berlin
Tel: +49 (0)30 319 88 1912 / 1914
Fax: +49 (0)30 319 88 1920
E-Mail: specials@hamburg-international.de
Die aufsichtsfhrende Behrde ist das Luftfahrt-Bundesamt mit folgenden Kontakten:
Luftfahrt Bundesamt
Stichwort: Fluggastrechte
Postfach 3054
38020 Braunschweig
Fax: +49 (0)531 2355707
E-Mail: fluggastrechte@lba.de
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PASSENGER AND
BAGGAGE HANDLING
CHAPTER 3
Page:
36
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
3.20.2 Passenger Hand out / EU Regulation 261 / English Language
Hamburg international
Abt. Customer Service / Kundendienst
Paradiesstrasse 206B
12526 Berlin
Tel: +49 (0)30 319 88 1912 / 1914
Fax: +49 (0)30 319 88 1920
E-Mail: specials@hamburg-international.de
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
Load & Weight
Management
4.
CHAPTER 4
Page:
1
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Load & Weight Management
4.1
4.1.1
4.2
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.2.3
4.2.4
4.3
4.4
4.4.1
4.5
4.5.1
4.5.1.1
4.5.1.2
4.5.1.3
4.5.1.4
4.5.1.5
4.5.1.6
4.6
4.6.1
4.6.2
4.6.3
Introduction ................................................................................................... 2
Load-sheet instructions to the Handling Agent...................................... 2
Standard Mass Values .................................................................................. 2
Passengers ........................................................................................... 2
Crew Members...................................................................................... 3
Baggage................................................................................................ 3
Distribution of Load-sheet ..................................................................... 3
Last Minute Changes .................................................................................... 4
Loading Instruction B737 & A319.................................................................. 4
Responsibility for Issuing Loading Instruction ....................................... 4
Mass and Centre of Gravity........................................................................... 6
Definitions ............................................................................................. 6
Dry Operating Mass (DOM): .......................................................... 6
Maximum Zero Fuel Mass:............................................................. 6
Maximum Structural Landing Mass:............................................... 7
Maximum Structural Take-Off Mass:.............................................. 7
Traffic Load: ................................................................................... 7
Passenger Classification:............................................................... 7
Preparation of Manual Load & Trim-sheet .................................................... 7
Preparation and Acceptance of Mass and CG Calculations.................. 7
The Policy for using either Standard or Actual Masses......................... 8
Computerised Load-Control (EDP) ....................................................... 8
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
Load & Weight
Management
4.1
CHAPTER 4
Page:
2
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Introduction
A mass and balance document referred to as Load-sheet must be
prepared for each flight which has to be considered as commercial air
transportation.
Irrespective of whether a drop-line Load-sheet, a standard plan, a load
calculator, or a computer program is used in establishing the aero planes
mass and C of G position, the Load and Trim-sheet must contain details of
the disposition of all loaded items, including fuel, and must indicate whether
standard or actual mass values have been used. The person supervising the
loading must confirm by signature that the load and its distribution are as
stated on the Load-sheet, which must also contain the name of the person
who prepared it.
For all HHI flights a LPC Load Sheet is required, issued by the flight
crew.
In the case there are problems with the LPC load sheet, the flight crew
is required to issue a manual load sheet for the flight.
4.1.1
Load-sheet instructions to the Handling Agent

Handling Agents are not authorized by Hamburg International to issue
computerized or manual load-sheets.
The Load & Trim-sheet for each flight operated with Airbus A319-111 and
B737-700 will be prepared by a flight crew member, after having received
the respective figures for the load and its distribution from the Handling
agent (LPC load sheet).
4.2
Standard Mass Values

The company uses standard mass values for passengers and crew
members when determining the aircraft traffic load. Standard masses are
shown in the tables below, Hand baggage and infants less than two years
carried on laps are included in the tables.
Actual mass must be used for checked baggage and freight. Standard mass
for checked baggage will be accepted only if equipment is not available.
4.2.1
Passengers
Standard mass values for passengers including carry on baggage are to be
defined as following:
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
Load & Weight
Management
4.2.2
Type of Flight
Adults (Male
Female)
Holiday Charter
None
Charter
Holiday
and
CHAPTER 4
Page:
3
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Children
Infants
76 kg
35 kg
NIL
84 kg
35 kg
NIL
Note 1:
The holiday charter mass value has to be applied provided that

not more than 5% of passenger seats of the aircraft are used for
non-revenue carriage of certain categories of passenger.
Note 2:
Infants occupying a separate seat are to be considered as

children.
Crew Members
Standard mass value for crew members including carry baggage are to be
defined as following:
Flight Crew
Cabin Crew
Note:
4.2.3
85 kg
75 kg
Any additional crew baggage must be taken into account!
Baggage
Following standard baggage are applicable for checked baggage:
4.2.4
Type of Flight
Standard Mass
Within the European Region

Intercontinental flights
All other flights
13 kg
15 kg
13 kg
Note 1:
Domestic flights are defined as flights were as origin and

destination located within the limits of a country.
Note 2:
Intercontinental flights are defined as flights were as the origin

and destination located in different continents.
Note 3:
Flights within the European Region are flights, whose origin and
destination are within ICAO defined Europe.
Distribution of Load-sheet
The company is using computerized and manual load-sheets.
Notwithstanding of which load sheet has been issued, both types are
distributed as following:
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
Load & Weight
Management
4.3
Original:
1st Copy
2nd Copy
CHAPTER 4
Page:
4
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
For PIC, who will place same in the pilots trip file
For SFA, to be handed over to handling agent of next
destination
For station file, the second copy shall in instances remain
after departure with the station of issue and placed in the
file.
Last Minute Changes

Changes to the fuel or traffic load that occur after completion of the mass
and balance report have to be documented in the section Last Minute
Changes. The section documents mass changes only and it is the
responsibility of the commander to determine that, by consulting the
standard load table, such changes would not critically affect the balance of
the aircraft. If in doubt he has to generate a new mass and balance report
reflecting the actual conditions. The last minute change section is not meant
as a means to allow sloppy flight planning.
Changes of more than 1000 kg of the fuel load or payload require a new
mass and balance sheet.
4.4
Loading Instruction
The handling agents load controller must issue a loading instruction for every
Hamburg International flight. The loading instruction is the essential
document for the preparation of a load- and trim sheet.
Standard Loading
For all HHI-Flights, the following load distribution will be applied:
4.4.1
Passengers
evenly split in all zones
Load
B737-700
Airbus A319-111
1/3 FWD & 2/3 AFT

all hold 4&5 (rest hold 1);
Transport of live animals
hold 1;
Responsibility for Issuing Loading Instruction

The handling agent's load controller issues the loading instruction according
to the instructions given by the PIC. The completed loading instruction shall
be handed over to the head loader of the loading crew. After check of
loading, the head loader signs the loading instruction and confirms herewith
the correct loading in accordance to the Captains instructions and that all
deviations are shown.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
Load & Weight
Management
CHAPTER 4
Page:
5
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
The signed loading instruction has to be handed over to the pilot in

command (PIC) for notification together with all other aircraft
documents.
The original remains with the Hamburg International station file the copy with
the PIC.
Sample of HHI Loading Instruction

B 737 700
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
Load & Weight
Management
CHAPTER 4
Page:
6
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
A 319 111 / 112
4.5
Mass and Centre of Gravity
4.5.1
Definitions
4.5.1.1 Dry Operating Mass (DOM):

The total mass of the aero plane ready for a specific type of operation
excluding all usable fuel and traffic load.
This mass includes items such as:
Crew and crew baggage;

Catering and removable passenger service equipment; and
Potable water and lavatory chemicals.
4.5.1.2 Maximum Zero Fuel Mass:

The maximum permissible mass of an aero plane without usable fuel. The
mass of unusable fuel contained in particular tanks must be included in the
zero fuel mass when it is explicitly mentioned in the aero plane Flight Manual
limitations.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
Load & Weight
Management
CHAPTER 4
Page:
7
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
4.5.1.3 Maximum Structural Landing Mass:

The maximum permissible total aero plane mass upon landing under normal
circumstances.
4.5.1.4 Maximum Structural Take-Off Mass:
The maximum permissible total aero plane mass at the start of the take-off
run.
4.5.1.5 Traffic Load:
The total mass of passengers, baggage and cargo, including any nonerevenue load.
4.5.1.6 Passenger Classification:
Adults, male and female, are defined as persons of an age of 12 years

and above;
Children are defined as persons of minimum two years but not older than
12 years of age;
Infants are defined as persons who are less than 2 years of age.
4.6
Preparation of Manual Load & Trim-sheet
4.6.1
Preparation and Acceptance of Mass and CG Calculations

The LPC or manual Load & Trim-sheet for each flight will be prepared by a
flight crew member, after having received the respective figures for the load
and its distribution from the handling agent, and signed by the Commander.
The weight and balance form is part of the flight documentation and has to
be added to the respective documents.
A take-off is prohibited until the Commander has verified that:
The take-off and landing weight are within authorized limits;

The number of passengers on board is identical with the figures indicated
on the weight and balance sheet;
The center of gravity is within authorized limits.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
Load & Weight
Management
4.6.2
CHAPTER 4
Page:
8
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
The Policy for using either Standard or Actual Masses

The Company uses standard mass values for passengers and crew
members when determining the aero plane traffic load. For Standard masses
please refer to paragraph 4.2.1 and 4.2.2. Hand baggage and infants are
included in the tables. Infants are to be carried on laps of accompanying
adults.
For Baggage the standard mass values please refer to paragraph 4.2.3.
On flights identified as carrying a significant number of passengers or
baggage exceeding the standard mass, the actual mass must be determined
by weighing or by adding an adequate mass increment.
Actual mass must be used for freight or when taking ballast into account.
4.6.3
Computerised Load-Control (EDP)

Hamburg International provides the handling agent who operates sufficient
software facilities with the Weight & Balance Forms and Manuals according
to AHM560.
Only internationally recognised DCS systems are to be operated in order to
perform load control for Hamburg International.
In absence of a computerised system the Flight Deck Crew is obligated to
produce the loadsheet. Manual loadsheets provided by the handling agent
are not authorised.
In order to approve each individual system Hamburg International requires
the procedure of test loadsheet and data print outs of the respective
AHM560 from the system provider.
After thorough screening and verification of test loadsheets and data print
outs
Hamburg International grants the approval to the handling agent in writing.
By agreement and legal regulation the handling agent ensures that all staff
involved with the production and maintenance of the Hamburg International
Load Control issues is properly trained and due to perform recurrent tests.
These test results are subject to JAR-audits and shall concern manual as
well as computerised loadsheets.
The training requirements and certificates are provided by the overall system
provider according to the respective approved procedures.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
Load & Weight
Management
CHAPTER 4
Page:
9
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Each loadsheet shall be signed by the producing staff of the handling agent
as well as the Flight Deck Crew after completing the check of data.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
Load & Weight
Management
CHAPTER 4
Page:
10
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
5.
CHAPTER 5
Page:
1
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Aircraft Handling
5.1 Boeing 737-700 ............................................................................................ 3

5.1.1
General Aircraft Description .................................................................. 3
5.1.1.1
The main aircraft dimensions ......................................................... 3
5.1.1.2
Quick Reference of Cargo Compartments ..................................... 3
5.1.1.3
Cabin Cross-Sections SIX Abreast Seating B737-700............ 6
5.1.1.4
Lower Cargo Compartments Dimensions B737-700 ................... 8
5.1.1.5
Lower Cargo Compartments Capacities B737-700 .................. 10
5.1.1.6
Door Clearances Lower Deck Cargo Compartments B737-70011
5.1.1.8
Door Clearances Forward Main Entry Door
B737-700 ........ 12
5.1.1.9
Door Clearances Loc. of Sensors, etc. FWD Main Entry Door13
5.1.1.10
Door Clearances Forward Service Door B737-700 .................. 14
5.1.1.11
Door Clearances Aft Service Door B737-700......................... 15
5.1.1.12
Turning Radii No Slip Angle B737-700................................... 17
5.1.1.13
Airplane Servicing Arrangement Typical Turnaround B737- .........
700 ............................................................................................... 18
5.1.1.14
Ground Servicing Connections B737-700 .................................... 19
5.2 A319-111 .................................................................................................... 20
5.2.1
General Aircraft Description ................................................................ 20
5.2.1.1
The main aircraft dimensions and characteristics ........................ 20
5.2.1.2
Quick Reference of Cargo Compartments ................................... 20
5.2.1.3
General Dimensions .................................................................... 21
5.2.1.4
Passenger Compartment Cross-Section...................................... 24
5.2.1.5
Lower Cargo Compartments ........................................................ 25
5.2.1.5.1 Cargo Door Dimensions ............................................................................. 25
5.2.1.5.2 Illustration of Compartment and Sector ...................................................... 26
5.2.1.5.3 Compartment Limits (kg); Volume and Length ........................................... 28
5.2.1.5.4 Possible Package Length Forward & AFT Cargo Compartment ................ 29
5.2.1.6
Door Clearances .......................................................................... 32
5.2.1.7
Steering Diagram ......................................................................... 37
5.2.1.8
Ground Service Connections ....................................................... 38
5.3 Marshalling.................................................................................................. 41
5.4 Aircraft Loading / Unloading ........................................................................ 43
5.4.1
Baggage.............................................................................................. 43
5.4.2
Loading of live animals (AVIH) ............................................................ 44
5.4.2.1
General ........................................................................................ 44
5.4.2.2
Temperatures of compartments ................................................... 44
5.4.3
Stretcher ............................................................................................. 45
5.4.4
Loading of Human Remains (HUM) .................................................... 45
5.4.5
Transportation of Dangerous Goods (DG) .......................................... 45
5.4.5.1
General ........................................................................................ 45
5.4.4.1
Classes / Divisions ....................................................................... 46
5.4.5.3
Loading Limits Dry Ice (ICE) ........................................................ 47
5.4.5.4
Loading Limits of Radioactive Materials....................................... 47
5.4.5.5
Loading Limits Polymeric Bards (RSB) ........................................ 47
5.4.5.6
Loading Limits Magnetised Materials (MAG) ............................... 47
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
2
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
5.5 Ramp Handling ........................................................................................... 47

5.5.1
Ground Handling Equipment ............................................................... 47
5.5.1.1
G.P.U ........................................................................................... 47
5.5.1.2
A.S.U............................................................................................ 49
5.5.1.3
Aircraft Stairs ............................................................................... 49
5.6 Fuelling / De-fuelling ................................................................................... 50
5.6.1
General Regulations ........................................................................... 50
5.6.2
Re- / De-fuelling with Passengers on board ........................................ 52
5.6.3
Re- / De-fuelling with passengers while boarding ............................... 52
5.7 De-Icing / Anti-icing ..................................................................................... 52
5.7.1
Scope.................................................................................................. 53
5.7.2
Definitions ........................................................................................... 53
5.7.3
Holdover time ...................................................................................... 56
5.7.4
AEA Holdover Timetables ................................................................... 57
5.7.5
Application Procedures ....................................................................... 57
5.7.6
Limits and precautions ................................................................. 57
5.7.7
Clean Aircraft Concept ........................................................................ 61
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
5.1
Boeing 737-700
5.1.1
General Aircraft Description
CHAPTER 5
Page:
3
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
The Boeing 737-700 is a twin engine aircraft made from a mixture of metal
and composite materials.
The aircraft has a built in auxiliary power unit (APU) to provide ground
servicing and engine starting.
Integral Air stairs are NOT provided.
5.1.1.1 The main aircraft dimensions
Overall length
Wing Span
Tail Height
B737-700
33,64
34.32
12,58
m
m
m
5.1.1.2 Quick Reference of Cargo Compartments

B737-700
Length of Forward Cargo Compartment
4.68 m
Length of Aft Cargo Compartment
8.03 m
Right Side View of FWD Cargo Compartment
3.05 m
Right Side View of AFT Cargo Comp. FWD Bulkhead 2.92 m
Right Side View of AFT Cargo Comp. AFT Bulkhead
2.08 m
Max. Height of FWD Cargo Compartment
1.12 m
Max Height of AFT Cargo Comp. FWD Bulkhead
1.19 m
Max Height of AFT Cargo Comp. AFT Bulkhead
0.59 m
Capacity of Forward Cargo Compartment
11,5 qm
Capacity of Aft Cargo Compartment
16.9 qm
Total Bulk Cargo Capacity
28,4 qm
Forward Cargo Door clear opening
see 5.1.1.7
Aft Cargo Door clear opening
see 5.1.1.7
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
General Dimensions B737-700
CHAPTER 5
Page:
4
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
DESCRIPTION
A
B
C
D
E
E
F
G
H
J
Maximum Height
Forward Entry Door
Forward Cargo Door
Engine
Wingtip (Max Fuel)
Wingtip (Empty)
Aft Cargo Door
Rear Entry Door
Stabilizer
Vertical Tail
Note:
CHAPTER 5
Page:
5
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
BOEING 737 - 700

FT IN
Meter
17 - 10
5.44
8-8
2.64
4-4
1.32
1-6
0.46
12 - 0
3.66
12 - 4
3.76
5-5
1.65
9 - 10
3.00
18 - 4
5.59
41 - 3
12.58
Clearances shown are normal. Add plus or minus 3 inches to

account from variations in loading, oleo and tire pressure, centre
on gravity, etc.
During routine services, the airplane remains relatively stable,
pitch and elevation changes occurring slowly.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
5.1.1.3 Cabin Cross-Sections SIX Abreast Seating
CHAPTER 5
Page:
6
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
B737-700
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
7
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
8
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
5.1.1.4 Lower Cargo Compartments Dimensions B737-700
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
9
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
5.1.1.5 Lower Cargo Compartments Capacities
AIRCRAFT
737-700
737-300
UNIT
CUBIC
FEET
CUBIC
METERS
CUBIC
FEET
CUBIC
METERS
CHAPTER 5
Page:
10
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
B737-700
AFT CARGO
FWD CARGO
COMPARTMENT COMPARTMENT
TATAL BULK
CARGO
CAPACITY
406
596
1002
11,5
16,9
28,4
425
504
929
12,0
14,3
26,3
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
11
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
5.1.1.6 Door Clearances Lower Deck Cargo Compartments B737-700
AIRCRAFT
FORWARD CARGO DOOR

DISTANCE
DOOR
CLEAR
FROM NOSE
SIZE
OPENING
TO DOOR CL
(C x B)
(A x B)
(D)
(51 x 48 IN)
(35 x 48 IN)
(28 FT 0.25 IN)
AFT CARGO DOOR

DISTANCE
DOOR
CLEAR
FROM NOSE
SIZE
OPENING
TO DOOR CL
(C x B)
(A x B)
(E)
(48 x 48 IN)
(33 x 48 IN)
(72 FT 6.5 IN)
BOEING
737 - 700
1.30 x 1.22 M 0.89 x 1.22 M
(51 x 48 IN)
(35 x 48 IN)
BOEING
737 - 300
1,30 x 1,22M
0,89 x 1,22M
8.54 M
1.22 x 1.22 M 0.84 x 1.22 M
27.65 M
(28 FT 0,25 IN)
(48 x 48 IN)
(33 x 48 In)
(72FT 6,5 IN)
8,54M
1,22 x 1,22M
0,84 x 1,22M
27,65M
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
5.1.1.7 Door Clearances Forward Main Entry Door
CHAPTER 5
Page:
12
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
B737-700
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
13
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
5.1.1.8 Door Clearances Loc. of Sensors, etc. FWD Main Entry Door
B737-700
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
5.1.1.9 Door Clearances Forward Service Door
CHAPTER 5
Page:
14
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
B737-700
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
5.1.1.10 Door Clearances Aft Service Door
CHAPTER 5
Page:
15
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
B737-700
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
16
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
5.1.1.11 Turning Radii No Slip Angle
CHAPTER 5
Page:
17
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
B737-700
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
18
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
5.1.1.12 Airplane Servicing Arrangement Typical Turnaround B737-700
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
5.1.1.13 Ground Servicing Connections B737-700
CHAPTER 5
Page:
19
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
20
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
5.2 A319-111
5.2.1 General Aircraft Description

The Airbus 319 is a twin engine aircraft made from a mixture of
metal and composite materials.
The aircraft has a built in auxiliary power unit (APU) to provide
ground servicing and engine starting.
Integral Air stairs are not provided.
5.2.1.1 The main aircraft dimensions and characteristics
Overall length
Wing Span
Tail Height
33,84 m
34,10 m
11,76 m
MTW
MTOW
MZFW
70 400 kg
70 000 kg 73500kg (DAHIL/M)
58 500 kg
Maxium Payload
18 775 kg
Standard Seating
Capacity
Y150
5.2.1.2 Quick Reference of Cargo Compartments
Length Forward Cargo Compartment

Length Aft Cargo Compartment
Dimensions of Cargo Door (Height, Width)
FWD
AFT
Cargo Compartments Volume (qm)
FWD
AFT
Total Bulk Cargo Capacity (qm)
3,35 m
7,66 m
1,24m x 1,82 m
1,23m x 1.82 m
8,51 qm
19,12 qm
27,63 qm
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
5.2.1.3 General Dimensions
(HHI operation Series WV 005)
CHAPTER 5
Page:
21
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
22
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
23
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
5.2.1.4 Passenger Compartment Cross-Section
CHAPTER 5
Page:
24
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
5.2.1.5 Lower Cargo Compartments
5.2.1.5.1 Cargo Door Dimensions
CHAPTER 5
Page:
25
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
26
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
5.2.1.5.2 Illustration of Compartment and Sector

Each A319 has three compartments (1, 4, 5), one forward and two aft compartments. Cargo nets
divide every compartment in two section.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
27
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
This section provides dimensions of the maximum package sizes which will pass through the
forward and aft cargo door opening. Individual tables are presented for the A319 type.
The maximum length is restricted by the inward curve of the lower cargo sidewall liner opposite the
door. The table assumes the packages cannot be elevated to clear this interference.
"Tilted Loading" refers to packages which may be elevated to clear the inward curve of the cargo
sidewall liner opposite the door.
The A319 does not differ between different types packages. The A319 just knows one kind of
package type.
Package sizes are approximate. Tilting, twisting, bending and/or rotating packages through door
openings will allow additional lengths in many cases, but should be determined for each situation.
A trial loading is recommended for packages with dimensions close to maximum dimensions indicated
in the tables.
The height dimensions do not include allowances for items increasing package height such as
fork lift type thicknesses, pallet depths, skid tub heights, etc. Any such devices must be accounted
for in the total height.
Package Size Illustration
The following illustration shows package dimensioning used in the allowable package size tables.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
28
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
5.2.1.5.3 Compartment Limits (kg); Volume and Length

The following limitations must be observed for each HHI flight with Airbus A319.
A319-111
Volume and Length
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
29
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
5.2.1.5.4 Possible Package Length Forward & AFT Cargo Compartment
A319
Forward Compartment 1
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
A319
AFT Compartment 4
CHAPTER 5
Page:
30
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
A319 AFT Compartment 5
CHAPTER 5
Page:
31
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
5.2.1.6 Door Clearances
CHAPTER 5
Page:
32
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
33
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
34
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
35
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
36
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
5.2.1.7 Steering Diagram
CHAPTER 5
Page:
37
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
5.2.1.8 Ground Service Connections
CHAPTER 5
Page:
38
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
39
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
40
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Airplane Servicing Arrangements Bulk Cargo
Typical Turnaround
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
5.3 Marshalling
CHAPTER 5
Page:
41
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
42
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
43
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
5.4 Aircraft Loading / Unloading

5.4.1 Baggage
All Hamburg International is operating a fleet of Boeing 737 aircraft and
Airbus 319-111. All baggage holds of this types of aircrafts are bulk load
compartments.
The following criteria should be used for loading the aircraft, although the
final decision of the load distribution of the aircraft is up to the Pilot in
Command.
As long as passenger disembark / embark the aircraft only via the main
entrance door of the aircraft no restrictions are given regarding the loading /
offloading sequence of the lower forward or aft compartments. In case that
passengers disembark the aircraft only via the rear entrance door the aft
baggage compartment must be unloaded first to avoid tipping. If passengers
embark the aircraft only via the rear entrance door the forward compartment
must be loaded first. Upon the completion of the offload the hold shall be
checked to ensure that all load for given station has been removed. In the
event of leakage or suspected leakage, the compartment in which the goods
were carried shall be inspected for contamination. Also a visual inspection of
the holds must be made and if any deterioration of the hold liners detected,
this must be reported to the cockpit crew of the relevant aircraft.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
44
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
The condition of the load must be checked prior to loading in order to detect
leaking or damage of shipments. This is of particular importance when
loading live animals, dangerous goods, all types of wet cargo (fresh fish,
seafood, meat, etc.) or any other baggage or cargo item that might leak.
Note:
Ensure that all hold nets are properly secured and all baggage or
cargo is stowed behind the nets.
5.4.2 Loading of live animals (AVIH)
5.4.2.1 General
Vaccination book must be checked at the check-in prior the loading of

live animals.
Live animals must only be loaded in the forward compartment.
Use a container that is leak-proofed, escape proofed and of proper size.
The container should have ample ventilation and should be properly
labelled as to content and destination. The IATA live animal regulations
are an excellent source of information on proper packing procedures.
Before the flight, keep the animals in a suitable waiting room. Keep the
animal containers out of direct sunlight and away from sources of heat.
Animals should be loaded in the cargo compartments last and offloaded
first.
When shifting animals to and from the airplane, minimize time on the
ramp and protect animals from wind, rain, noise and extreme
temperatures.
Dry ice (frozen carbon dioxide) and live animals should never be loaded
in the same compartment.
Animal containers should be securely stowed and fastened to prevent
shifting.
When flight arrives at its destination, or during any ground time, open the
cargo doors immediately to ventilate the relevant compartment and check
the conditions of the animals.
At the final destination offload the animals as soon as possible.
Do not accept sick animals or animals in an obviously bad condition for
transportation.
5.4.2.2 Temperatures of compartments

The crew has no direct control of the temperature of either cargo
compartments. Temperature in the compartments is determined by a
combination of factors, including the outside temperature, airplane speed,
cabin temperature, etc. Therefore it is recommended to load animals at the
forward end of the forward compartment.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
45
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
5.4.3 Stretcher
On all Hamburg International Aircraft the installation of stretcher is not
possible.
5.4.4 Loading of Human Remains (HUM)
Accepted for transportation will only be granted when the corpse is stowed in
a hermetical sealed inner coffin of lead or zinc inside a wooden coffin. The
wooden coffin must be protected from damage by outer packing and covered
by canvas or tarpaulin so that the nature of its content is not apparently
seen. All necessary documents must be fixed on top of the coffin.
The coffin must be loaded in horizontal position and properly secured in
order to prevent shifting during flight.
Human remains must not be loaded in the same hold of edible materials,
catering, or live animals.
5.4.5 Transportation of Dangerous Goods (DG)
5.4.5.1
General
Dangerous goods are restricted articles and therefore the transportation by
Hamburg International aircrafts will only be permitted if these goods are in
accordance with the IATA Dangerous Goods regulations. Also see Chapter 9
for further detailed informations.
Dangerous Goods must be:
Clearly marked and labelled with the approved labels

Checked for damage and leakage prior to loading
Handled with care as to avoid damage to human live
Handled in accordance to packing instructions
Note:
Any articles labelled with Cargo Aircraft Only (CAO) must never
be carried on Hamburg International aircraft.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
46
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
5.4.4.1 Classes / Divisions
Dangerous goods are subdivided into 9 hazard classes:

Class
Class 1
Explosives
Class 2
Carriage
on HHI (*)
*
*
*
*
Gases
Class 3
Division
1.1 - 1.6 Explosives with various
characteristics
On Passenger aircraft only 1.4 S
permitted
2.1 Flammable Gas
2.2 Non-flammable , non-toxic gas
Toxic gas
*
Flammable Liquids
Class 4
Flammable Solids
Class 5
*
Oxidizing substances
Class 6
4.1 Flammable solids

4.2 Spontaneously flammable substances
4.3 Substances which in contact with water
emit flammable gases
5.1 Oxidizers
5.2 Organic peroxides
6.1 Toxic substances
6.2 Infectious substances
RFG
RBG/RCL
RPG
RFS
RSC
RFW
ROX
ROP
RPB
RIS
RRW
RRY
Radioactive
materials
Class 8
*
Miscellaneous
Dangerous goods
RXS
RFL
Toxic and/or infectious

substances
Class 7
Corrosives
Class 9
IMPCode
Only wet cell batteries of wheelchairs

belonging to a passenger of wet cell
batteries as of AOG
*
*
*
*
Dangerous goods allowed on Hamburg International are marked with *
RCM
RMD
ICE
MAG
RSB
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
5.4.5.3
CHAPTER 5
Page:
47
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Loading Limits Dry Ice (ICE)

The maximum quantity of dry ice as Cargo per compartment carried is
limited to 100 kg. If a live animal is carried in a compartment, dry ice must
not be loaded in the same compartment.
5.4.5.4
Loading Limits of Radioactive Materials

Hamburg International does not transport Radioactive Materials (RRY)
5.4.5.5
Loading Limits Polymeric Bards (RSB)

A total of not more than 100 kg net mass of expandable polymeric beads or
plastic moulding materials, as Cargo may be carried in any compartments of
Hamburg International aircrafts.
5.4.5.6
Loading Limits Magnetised Materials (MAG)

Magnetic material (MAG) as Cargo may be loaded in all compartments
provided that MAG fulfil the requirements given by IATA DGR.
5.5
Ramp Handling
5.5.1 Ground Handling Equipment

5.5.1.1
G.P.U
The characteristic of the Ground Power Units necessary for Hamburg
International aircrafts are as follows:
AC. 3 Phases
120/208 V.
400 CPS
75 KVA
208 AMP
A GPU will be required at all those stations where such service has been
negotiated to be provided during normal turnaround, free of charge.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
48
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
49
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
At those stations where the GPU is charged from the first minute, it shall only
be supplied if required by the crew in the event that the APU of the aircraft is
unserviceable. ASU shall be provided too.
Stations are required to inform HAMHH4R in case no GPU and ASU is
available or unserviceable, in case that the aircraft planned to operate needs
it eventually due to APU failure.
5.5.1.2
A.S.U
The characteristics of the Air Starter Units necessary for Hamburg
International aircrafts are as follows:
36 PSI/120 lbs minimum
5.5.1.3
Aircraft Stairs
The stairs shall be placed at a tangent to the mid point if the entrance
always avoiding contact with the plane and always leaving a minimum
horizontal gap of 2 to 3 cm. The stairs must be set at the pertinent height
depending on the type of aircraft. This way, contact between the fuselage
and the stairs will be avoided when moving during boarding and
disembarking, furthermore the lateral arms must be extended and
separated from the plane, with the actuators being the controls that
adjust them without pressure. Once the passengers have been
disembarked, the stairs should be taken away far enough to enable a
crew approach during the next boarding, and therefore be able to put
them into place again according to the new loading conditions that will
have changed substantially depending on the fuel, cargo in the holds,
etc. In case of remote parking, the staff in charge must ensure that both
the boarding and the disembarking are carried out in a balance manner
through both doors so that the weight in the cabin will be compensated
between the front part and the rear, hence the horizontal height of the
plane will not be altered substantially.
In the event of a jet way position it must always be ensured that the
vertical movement balance is activated and operational. The ground staff
should wait until all passengers have disembarked through the front door
before opening the rear door, in order to prevent the level of the stair
platform from being able to interfere with the rear door or its components.
Furthermore, during boarding the rear door must remain closed in order
to prevent the mentioned interference between the stairs and the door.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
5.6
CHAPTER 5
Page:
50
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Fuelling / De-fuelling
5.6.1 General Regulations

After arrival of the aircraft fuelling shall not be commenced before passenger
steps or boarding brifges are positioned.Generally fuelling shall start after all
passengers have disembarked. Passenger shall be led directly away from
the aircraft under permanent supervision of station personnel, keeping the
maximum possible distance from the fuelling zone.
The precautions to be taken during fuelling operations have the objective of
preventing the ignition ofv fuel vapors which are always present when an
airplane is being fuelled. All persons entrusted with the task of fuellling must
be made fully aware of the dangers associated with the handling of fuels as
well as of the corresponding safety measures. The refuelling safety zone
shall be regarded as an area extending 6m radial from fuelling receptacles,
tank vents and gfuelling equipment. Due to the fire hazard associated with
fuel vapors, all personnel must be cautioned to ensure that items and
processes such as matches, open flames, welding, use of photographic
flashbulbs etc. are kept out of the fuelling safety zone. No equipment and
load shall be parked in the venting areas (zone around fuel vents within a
radius of 3m) whilst fuelling is in progress, nor shall these areas be passed
by an person or vehicle unless specifically required to do so for fuelling
purpose.
In case Hamburg International aircraft must be fuelled with passengers on
board or during embarkation or disembarkation additional procedures must
be observed.
Ground staff responsible for aircraft handling shall ensure that the following
safety procedures are always observed:
It is strictly forbidden to smoke anywhere near the aircraft while refuelling.

fire extinguisher is available at the aircraft
Bonding connections from the fuelling truck to the aircraft and to the
ground are established.
no electrical switch on the aircraft or on the ground power equipment may
be operated during fuelling.
Freight, mail and baggage loading equipment, if used, must comply with
the safety regulations (Formation of sparks).
Spilled fuel must be removed or dried up in the presence of the airport
fire brigade before passengers are boarded.
During thunderstorm fuelling is prohibited.
APU may operate, but not be started or shut down during refuelling.
Mobile equipment is permitted within the venting area.
the weather-radar must be switched off.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
51
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Mechanics, designated flight crew member or the ramp agent must stay
around the fuel truck and assure, that fuel truck counter shows ZERO
before starting refuelling, all equipment is removed and fuel delivered is
entered in to fuel bill.
mechanics designated crew members or the ramp agent must ensure
that the dead-man-controls where provided or the rip cord for closing the
quick-lock-valve at the hydrant pit are operated correctly by the refuelling
crew or at least a two-man-crew is available.
if the presence of fuel vapour is detected inside the airplane, or any other
hazard arises during re / de-fuelling must be stopped immediately.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
52
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
5.6.2 Re- / De-fuelling with Passengers on board

Additionally to the previous paragraph the following precautions have to be
observed:
all crew member and passengers have to be informed

Air traffic control and the aerodrome fire services are to be advised that
refuelling / de-fuelling will be taking place with passengers on board.
one cockpit crew member will stay inside the cockpit
all entry doors have to be open (stairs in place)
passengers will remain seated, seat belts open (seat belt sign off)
no smoking signs illuminated and passengers instructed not to smoke
cabin crew at there stations
galley loading / unloading activities are not permitted
escape / evacuation areas on the ground must be kept clear of ground
equipment
Re- / De-fuelling is not allowed with wide cut fuel (e.g. JET B or
equivalent).
5.6.3 Re- / De-fuelling with passengers while boarding

Additionally to the previous paragraph the following precautions have to be
undertaken:
5.7
The PIC is authorized to allow boarding of passengers while refuelling

station personnel has to supervise boarding
Boarding will be in segments of 5-10 passengers max.
next segment follows after preceding segment has taken their seats with
seat belt open.
De-Icing / Anti-icing
The company airplanes are certified to operate in known icing conditions.
For restrictions and procedures refer to AFM. The commander is responsible
that de-/ani-icing, appropriate to the conditions, takes place on ground
before departure and that a visual inspection ensures that the critical parts of
the airplane are free of frost, slush, snow and ice. The flight crew must
ensure that the de-icing/anti-icing procedures are performed at the latest
possible time before take off.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
53
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
5.7.1 Scope
This section of the document establishes the minimum requirement for
ground-based aircraft de-icing/anti-icing methods with fluids and procedures
to facilitate the safe operation of transport aircraft during icing conditions.
During icing conditions, the contracted service provider staff is responsible
for checking with the cockpit crew if de-icing/anti-icing of the aircraft is
required.
De-icing/anti-icing procedures are published separately in the OM-A of HHI.
They are based on the latest AEA Recommendations for De-Icing/Anti-Icing
of Aircraft on the Ground available on the internet site
http://files.aea.be/News.
5.7.2 Definitions
For the purpose of this document, the following definitions apply.
active frost
Active frost is a condition when frost is forming. Active frost occurs when
aircraft surface temperature is:
at or below 0 C and at or below dew point.
anti-icing
Precautionary procedure which provides protection against the formation
of frost or ice and accumulation of snow or slush on treated surface of the
aircraft for a limited period of time (holdover time).
anti-icing fluid
a)
Type I fluid:
b)
Mixture of water and type I fluid;
c)
Type II or type IV fluid;
d)
Mixture of water and type II or type IV fluid.
Note: Anti-icing fluid is normally applied unheated on clean aircraft
surfaces, but may be applied heated
Check
A Thorough examination of items by trained and qualified person
cold-soak effect
The wings of aircraft are said to be cold-soaked when they contain very
cold fuel as a result of having just landed after a flight at high altitude or
from having been re-fuelled with very cold fuel. Whenever precipitation
falls on a cold soaked aircraft when on ground, clear icing may occur.
Even in ambient temperatures between 2 C and 15 C, ice or frost can
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
54
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
form in the presence of visible moisture or high humidity it the aircraft

structure remains at 0 C or below. Clear ice is very difficult to be
detected visually and may break loose during or after takeoff. The
following factors contribute to cold-soaking: temperature and quantity of
fuel in fuel cells, type and location of fuel cells, length of time at high
altitude flights, temperature of re-fuelled fuel and time since refuelling.
contamination
Contamination in this document is understood as all forms of frozen or
semi-frozen moisture such as frost, snow, ice or slush.
contamination check
Check aircraft surface for contamination to establish the need for deicing.
de-icing
Procedure by which frost, ice, slush or snow is removed from an aircraft
in order to provide clean surfaces.
de-icing/anti-icing
Combination of the procedure de-icing and anti-icing. In may be
performed in one or two steps.
de-icing fluid
a)
heated water;
b)
type I fluid,
c)
mixture of water and type I fluid;
d)
type II or IV fluid;
e)
mixture of water and type I or type IV fluid.
Note:
De-icing fluid is normally heated in order to assure maximum

efficiency.
freezing drizzle
Fairly uniform precipitation composed exclusively of fine drops (diameter
less than 0.5 mm very close together which freezes upon impact with the
ground or other exposed objects.
freezing fog
A suspension of numerous minute water droplets which freezes upon
impact with ground or other exposed objects, generally reducing the
horizontal visibility at the earths surface to less than 1 km.
frost/hoar frost
Ice crystals that form from ice saturated air at temperatures below 0 C
by direct sublimation in the ground or other exposed objects.
hail
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
55
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Precipitation of small balls or pieces of ice with a diameter ranging from 5

to > 50 mm falling either separately or agglomerated.
holdover time
Estimated time for which an anti-icing fluid will prevent the formation of
frost or ice and the accumulation of snow on the protected surfaces of an
aircraft, under weather conditions as specified under 4.3 of this chapter.
ice pellets
Precipitation of transparent (gains of ice), or translucent (small hail)
pellets of ice, which are spherical or irregular, and which have a diameter
of 5 mm or less. The pellets of ice usually bounce when hitting hard
ground.
light freezing rain

Precipitation of liquid water particles which freezes upon impact with the
ground or other exposed objects, either in form of drops or more than 0,5
mm or smaller drops which, in contrast to drizzle, are widely separated.
Measured intensity of liquid water particles is up to 2.5 mm/hour or 25
grams/dm/hour with a maximum of 0.25 mm in 6 minutes.
moderate and heavy freezing rain

Precipitation of liquid water particles which freezes upon impact with the
ground or other exposed objects, either in the from of drops of more than
0.5 mm or smaller drops which, in contrast to drizzle, are widely
separated. Measured intensity of liquid water particles is more than 2.5
mm/hour or 25grams/dm/hour.
rain or high humidity (on cold soaked wing)

Water forming ice or frost on the wing surface, when the temperature of
the aircraft wing surface is at or below 0 C
rain and snow

Precipitation in the form of a mixture of rain and snow
Note:
For operation in light rain and snow treat as light freezing rain
If the aircraft is covered with snow, use deicing fluid for cleaning
only if requested.
snow
Precipitation of ice crystals, most of which are branched, star-shaped or
mixed with branched crystals. At temperatures higher than 5 C, the
crystals are generally agglomerated into snowflakes.
snow grains
Precipitation of very small white and opaque particles of ice that are fairly
or elongated with a diameter of less than 1 mm. When snow grains hit
hard ground, they do not bounce or shatter.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
Note:
CHAPTER 5
Page:
56
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
For holdover time purposes treat snow grains as snow
snow pellets
Precipitation of white opaque particles of ice. The particles are round or
sometimes conical; their diameter range from 2-5 mm. Snow pellets are
brittle, easily crushed; they do not bounce and may break on hard
ground.
slush
Snow or ice that has been reduced to a soft watery mixture by rain, warm
temperatures and/or chemical treatment.
5.7.3 Holdover time

Holdover time is obtained by anti-icing fluids remaining on the aircraft
surfaces. With a one-step de-icing/anti-icing operation the holdover time
begins at the start of the operation and with a two-step operation at the start
of the final (anti-icing) step. Holdover time will have effectively run out when
frozen deposits start to form/accumulate on treated aircraft surfaces.
Due to their properties, Type I fluids from a thin liquid wetting film, which
provides limited holdover time, especially in conditions of freezing
precipitation. With this type of fluid no additional holdover time would be
provided by increasing the concentration of the fluid in the fluid/water mix.
Type II and type IV fluids contain a pseudo plastic thickening agent, which
enables the fluid to form a thicker liquid wetting film on external surfaces.
This film provides a longer holdover time especially in conditions of freezing
precipitation.
With this type of fluid additional holdover time will be provided by increasing
the concentration of the fluid in the fluid/water mix, with maximum holdover
time available from undiluted fluid.
The tables 3, 4 and 5 give an indication as to the time frame of protection
that reasonably be expected under conditions of precipitation. However, due
to the many variables that can influence holdover time, these times should
not be considered as minimums or maximums as the actual time of
protection may be extended or reduced, depending upon the particular
conditions at the time.
The lower limit of the published time span is used to indicate the estimated
time of protection during moderate precipitation and the upper limit indicates
the estimated time protection during light precipitation.
CAUTION: Heavy precipitation rates or high moisture content, high wind
velocity or jet blast may reduce holdover time below the lowest time stated in
the range. Holdover time may also be reduced when aircraft skin
temperature is lower than OAT. Therefore, the indicated times should be
used only in conjunction with a pre-takeoff check.
The responsibility for the application of these data remains with the user.
Certain fluids nay be qualified according to fluid specifications but may not
have been tested during winter to develop the holdover time guidelines
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
57
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
specified in this document. Holdover time guidelines in this chapter are not
applicable to these fluids.
For use of holdover time guidelines consult Fluid Manufacturer Technical
Literature for minimum viscosity limits of fluids as applied to aircraft surfaces.
A degraded type II or type IV fluid shall be used with the holdover time
guideline for type fluids (table 3). A type II or IV fluid considered to be
degraded if the viscosity is below the minimum limit as provided by the fluid
manufacturer.
The type II fluid holdover time guideline (table 4) may be used with degraded
type IV fluids only after substantiation by holdover time testing.
Holdover time guidelines can also be obtained fir individual fluid products
and these product holdover times be found to differ from the tables published
here.
5.7.4 AEA Holdover Timetables
Note:
The applicable and up-to-date holdover timetable are

published in Hamburg International OM-A (Operational
Manual, Part A).
5.7.5 Application Procedures

These procedures specify the recommended methods for de-icing and antiicing of B737 on the ground to provide an aerodynamically clean aircraft.
When aircraft surfaces are contaminated by frozen moisture, they shall be
de-iced prior to dispatch. When freezing precipitation exists and there is a
risk of precipitation adhering to the surface at the time of dispatch, aircraft
surfaces shall be anti-iced. If both anti-icing and de-icing are required, the
procedure may be performed in one or two steps. The selection of one- or
two-step process depends on the weather conditions, available equipment,
available fluids and the holdover time to be achieved.
Note: Where holdover time is critical, a two-step procedure using undiluted
fluid should be considered for the second step.
5.7.6 Limits and precautions

ISO type I fluids
The freezing point of the ISO type I fluid mixture used for either one-step deicing/anti-icing or as a second step in the two-step operation shall be at least
10C below the ambient temperature.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
58
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
ISO type II/II/IV fluids

ISO type II/II/IV fluids used as de-icing/anti-icing agents have a lower
application temperature limit of 25C. The application limit may be lower,
provided a 7C buffer is maintained between the freezing point of the neat
fluid and outside air temperature.
Application limits
An aircraft that has been anti-iced with undiluted ISO type II, Type III or type
IV fluid shall not receive a further coating of anti-icing fluid directly on top of
the contaminated fluid under any circumstances. If it becomes necessary for
an aircraft to be re-protected prior to the next flight, the external surfaces
shall first be de-iced with a hot fluid mix before a further application of antiicing fluid is made.
Aircraft shall be treated symmetrically, that is, left-hand and right-hand

side shall receive the same and complete treatment.
Note:
Aerodynamic problems could result if this requirement is not met.
During anti-icing and de-icing, the moveable surfaces shall be in the

stowed position.
Engines are normally shut down but may remain running at idle during
de-icing /anti-icing operations. Air-conditioning and/or APU air shall be
selected OFF.
De-icing/anti-icing fluids shall not be sprayed directly onto brakes,
wheels, exhausts or thrust reverses.
De-icing/anti-icing fluid shall not be directed into the orifices of the pitot
heads, static vents or directly onto air stream direction detectors
probes/angle of attack airflow sensors.
All reasonable precautions shall be taken to minimize fluid entry into
engines other intakes/outlets and control surface cavities.
Fluids shall not be directed onto deck or cabin windows as this can cause
cracking of acrylics or penetration of the window sealant.
All doors and windows should be closed to prevent:
a)
Galley floor areas being contaminated with slippery de-icing
Fluids;
b)
Upholstery becoming soiled.
If ISO type II, type II or IV fluids are used, all traces of the fluid on flight
deck windows should be removed prior to departure, particular attention
being paid to windows fitted with wipers.
Landing gear and wheel bays shall be kept free from build-up of slush,
ice or accumulations of blown snow.
Ice can build up on aircraft surfaces when descending through dense
clouds or precipitation during an approach. When ground temperatures at
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
59
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
the destination are low, it is possible for flaps to be retracted and for
accumulations of ice to remain undetected between stationary and
moveable surfaces. It is therefore important that these areas are checked
prior to departure and any frozen deposits are removed.
Under freezing fog conditions, the rear side of the fan blades shall be
checked for ice build-up prior to start-up. Any deposits discovered shall
be removed by directing air from a low flow hot air source, such as a
cabin heater, onto the affected areas.
Flaps should be set just prior Take-off to prevent damage by slush, sleet,
snow, ice.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
60
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AIRCRAFT HANDLING
CHAPTER 5
Page:
61
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
5.7.7 Clean Aircraft Concept

A pilot shall not take off in an airplane that has:
a)
Frost, snow, slush or ice adhering to any fan blade, windshield or power
Plant installation or to airspeed, altimeter, rate of climb or flight altitude
instrument systems;
b)
Snow, slush or ice adhering to the wings or stabilizers or control

surfaces or any frost adhering to the upper surfaces of wings or
stabilizers or control surfaces.
The MAKE IT CLEAN AND KEEP IT CLEAN rule applies. This is known as
the Clean Aircraft Concept and it is ultimately the responsibility of the
Commander that this rule is effectively followed on every takeoff. Test data
indicate that ice, snow or frost formations having a thickness and surface
roughness similar to medium or coarse sandpaper on the leading edge and
upper of a wing can reduce wing lift by as much as 30 percent and increase
drag by 40 percent.
It is imperative that takeoff not be attempted unless the Pilot in Command
has ascertained that all critical surfaces of the aircraft are free of adhering
ice, snow or frost formations.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
6.
CHAPTER 6
Page:
1
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Emergency
6.1 General ......................................................................................................... 2

6.2 Emergency Procedures................................................................................. 2
6.3 Definitions ..................................................................................................... 2
6.3.1
Emergency Phases ................................................................................. 2
6.3.1.1
Uncertainty Phase (INCERFA) .................................................................. 3
6.3.1.2
Alert Phase (ALERFA)............................................................................... 3
6.3.1.3
Distress Phase (DETRSFA) ...................................................................... 3
6.4 Accident ........................................................................................................ 4
6.5 Incidents........................................................................................................ 6
6.5.1
Other Occurrences................................................................................ 6
6.5.2
Irregularities with Dangerous Goods ..................................................... 6
6.5.3
Air misses.............................................................................................. 6
6.5.4
Bird Hazards and Strikes ...................................................................... 7
6.5.5
Wake Turbulence .................................................................................. 7
6.5.6
Resolution Advisory Occurrences ......................................................... 7
6.5.7
Controlled Flight into Terrain ................................................................. 7
6.5.8
Summary............................................................................................... 8
6.5.9
Emergency Log ..................................................................................... 8
6.6 Duties and Responsibilities ........................................................................... 9
6.7 Organization Chart for Central Accident/Emergency Centre....................... 10
6.8 Local Accident /Emergency Control Centre (Facilities/Organization) .......... 10
6.8.1
Facilities .............................................................................................. 10
6.9 Duties of the accident/emergency Team..................................................... 11
6.10 Organization charts of local control centre .................................................. 11
6.11 Documentation (List a) ................................................................................ 12
6.11.1
Contents of Local accident Check List ................................................ 12
6.11.2
Documentation (List b) ........................................................................ 12
6.11.3
Documentation (List c) ........................................................................ 12
6.11.4
Documentation (List d) ........................................................................ 12
6.12 Duties of the Operations Control Centre when emergency is active ........... 13
6.12.1
Accident of Aircraft .............................................................................. 13
6.12.2
Duties of the Manager Operations Control Centre .............................. 13
6.12.3
Duties of the Hamburg International Management.............................. 14
6.13 Forms.......................................................................................................... 15
6.13.1
Record Log Part I ................................................................................ 15
6.13.2
Record Log Part II ............................................................................... 16
6.13.3
Aircraft Accident Check List ................................................................ 17
6.13.4
Aircraft Accident Log Form I................................................................ 18
6.13.5
Aircraft Accident Log Form II............................................................... 19
6.13.6
Passenger and Crew Detail Form ....................................................... 20
6.13.7
Passenger and Crew Member File...................................................... 21
6.13.8
Declaration of Photographer ............................................................... 22
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
6.1
CHAPTER 6
Page:
2
Revision:
8.0
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
01.04.2010
Issued:
General
To ensure a save policy for emergency cases the following procedure has
been established for ground and flight personnel. Every person involved has
to be very familiar with necessary actions to be taken in case of an
emergency situation arising from a Hamburg International aircraft or its
occupants.
The Hamburg International
Operations Control Centre (Phone +49 (0) 40 500 501 10 or 13
must be informed as soon as possible if an emergency situation becomes
active or deems to become active. The Pilot in Command will immediately
inform ATS or any appropriate units if serious failures or irregularities may
result in an emergency situation.
Note: Hamburg International staff will not supply any information of the
emergency / accident to third parties. The HHI management or the
Corporate Communications Manager will release relevant information to the
public. Only appointed persons will be provided with informations in regard
of the status quo.
6.2
Emergency Procedures
6.3
Emergency procedure issued by the local authorities has to be available

on each Station.
Stations not in possession of emergency procedures or on ad hoc flights
will use the Jeppesen documentation, chapter emergencies.
Definitions
ICAO has defined three emergency phases for use by air traffic services and
search an rescue services. Declaration of any of these phases will only be
made by Air Traffic Services (ATS).
6.3.1
Emergency Phases
The phases are as follows:
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
CHAPTER 6
Page:
3
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
6.3.1.1 Uncertainty Phase (INCERFA)

This phase will happen when:
No communication has been received from an aircraft within a period of thirty
(30) minutes after the time a communication should have been received or
from the time an unsuccessful attempt to establish communication with such
aircraft was first made, whichever is the earlier ; or when
an aircraft fails to arrive within thirty (30) minutes of the estimated time of
arrival last notified to or estimated by ATS units whichever is the earlier;
except when no doubt exists as to the safety of the aircraft and its
occupants.
6.3.1.2 Alert Phase (ALERFA)
Following the uncertainty phase, subsequent attempts to establish
communication with the aircraft or inquiries to other relevant sources have
failed to reveal any news of the aircraft; or when
An aircraft has been cleared to land and failed to land within five minutes of
the estimated time of landing and communication has not been reestablished with the aircraft; or when
Information has been received which indicates that the operating efficiency
of the aircraft has been impaired, but not to extent that a forced landing is
likely; except when evidence exists that would allay apprehension as to the
safety of the aircraft and its occupants.
6.3.1.3 Distress Phase (DETRSFA)
Following the alert phase further unsuccessful attempts to establish
communication with the aircraft and more wide-spread unsuccessful inquires
point to the probability that is in distress; or when
The fuel on board is considered to be exhausted, or to be insufficient of
enable the aircraft to reach safety; or when
Information is received which indicates the operating efficiency of the aircraft
has been impaired to the extent that a forced landing is likely; or when
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
CHAPTER 6
Page:
4
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Information is received or it is reasonably certain that the aircraft is about to

make or has made a forced landing;
Except when there is reasonable certain that the aircraft and its occupants
are not threatened by grave and imminent danger and do not require
immediate assistance.
6.4
Accident
An accident is an occurrence associated with the operation of an aircraft
which takes place between the time any person boards the aircraft with the
intention of flight until such persons have disembarked, in which:
a person is fatally or serious injured as a result of:
being in the aircraft, or
direct contact with any part of the aircraft, including parts which have
become detached from the aircraft, or
direct exposure to jet blast;
except when the injuries are from natural causes, self-inflicted or inflicted by
other persons, or when the injuries are to stowaways hiding outside the
areas normally available to the passengers and crew, or
the aircraft sustains damage or structural failure which:
Adversely affects the structural strength, performance or flight characteristics
of the aircraft, and
would normally require major repair or replacement of the affected
component;
except for engine failure or damage, when the damage is limited to the
engine, its cowlings or accessories; or for damage limited to propellers, wing
tips, antennas, tires, brakes, fairings, small dents or puncture holes in the
aircraft skin; or
the aircraft is missing or is completely inaccessible.
Note 1:
For statistical uniformity only, an injury resulting in a death within

thirty (30) days of the date of the accident is classified as a fatal
injury by ICAO.
Note 2:
An aircraft is considered to be missing when the official search

has been terminated and the wreckage has not been located.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
CHAPTER 6
Page:
5
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
A serious injury is an injury which is sustained by a person in an accident

and which:
requires hospitalisation for more than forty-eight (48) hours, commencing

within seven (7) days from the date at which the injury was received; or
results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of fingers, toes, or
nose); or
involves lacerations which cause severe haemorrhage, verve, muscle or
tendon damage; or
involves injury to any internal organ; or
involves second or third degree burns, or any burns affecting more than five
(5) per cent of the body surface.
After removal of injured passengers and fire fighting measurements, nothing
should be removed from the accident scene without the permission of the
Authority Inspector of the State where the accident happened.
The company must report an accident immediately, by phone or fax, to the
BFU, the Principal Inspector of the LBA and to the BMVBW (see
"Summary"). This report should give as much details as possible and should
include the information contained in the prescribed form:
Bundesstelle fr
Flugunfalluntersuchung
Hermann-Blenk-Str. 16
D-38108 Braunschweig
Telephone: 049 (0) 531 3548-0 (H24)
Telefax: 049 (0) 531 3548-246
Luftfahrt-Bundesamt
Geschftsfeld U
Postfach 30 54
D-38020 Braunschweig
Telephone: 049 (0) 531 2355-0
Telefax: 049 (0) 531 2355-744
Bundesministerium fr Verkehr,
Bau und Wohnungswesen
Abt. Luftfahrt
Postfach 200 100
D-53170 Bonn
Telephone: 049 (0)228 300-3230
Telefax: 049 (0)228 300-0
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
CHAPTER 6
Page:
6
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
The written report should include all the details contained in the form
"Meldung eines Unfalls oder einer schweren Strung beim Betrieb eines
Luftfahrzeuges nach 5 LuftVO". The fully completed form must be sent to
the BFU within 72 hrs.
6.5
Incidents
An incident is a serious occurrence involving circumstances indicating that
an accident nearly occurred.
Handling and reporting of incidents is the same as handling and reporting of
accidents without the need to await instructions from the BFU concerning the
use of the aeroplane.
6.5.1
Other Occurrences
An occurrence is an event, other than an accident or incident, associated
with the operation of an aeroplane, which affects or could affect the safety of
operation. Occurrences, especially those mentioned under Section
"Summary" must be reported to the LBA. The information delivered should
almost be the same as contained in the form needed for accidents/incidents.
6.5.2
Irregularities with Dangerous Goods

When an accident/incident where dangerous goods are involved is also an
aero plane accident/incident, the criteria for reporting both types of
occurrence must be satisfied.
Reports, containing details about dangerous goods on board, have to be
sent to the BFU and LBA as mentioned above and also to:
Luftfahrt Bundesamt
Luftverkehrssicherheit
Fachbereich Gefahrgut
Kelsterbacher Strae 23
D-65479 Raunheim
Telephone: 049 (0) 6142 9461-61
6.5.3
Air misses
A serious aeroplane proximity is an aeroplane closure where at least one
aeroplane is operating under IFR and has to make an evasive manoeuvre to
avoid a collision or a dangerous situation.
An air miss should be reported by radio to the ATC Unit with which the
Commander is in contact or, if this for any reason is not possible, the report
should be passed by telephone to the Air Traffic Control Centre as soon as
practical. Even though the mishap happened in a foreign country, after
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
CHAPTER 6
Page:
7
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
landing a written report, using the form "Aircraft Proximity and Air traffic
Incident Report", must be sent as soon as possible to:
BFU Beauftragter bei der Flugsicherung
DFS Deutsche Flugsicherung GmbH
Kaiserleistrae 29 35
D-63067 Offenbach am Main
Telefax: 069 80541495
6.5.4
Bird Hazards and Strikes

The Commander shall immediately inform the air traffic service unit
concerned whenever a potential bird hazard is observed. Bird strikes on
aeroplanes, even though the strike happened in a foreign country, should be
reported on the form " Anzeige des Zusammenstoes eines Luftfahrzeuges
mit Vgeln" to the:
DAVVL
Postfach 1162
D-56831 Traben Trarbach
Telephone: 06541 4253
Telefax: 06541 4276
The report should contain as much information as requested on the form
and, if possible, photographs of the damage and/or, if available, bird
carcasses found on the aerodrome or aeroplane should be sent with the
report.
6.5.5
Wake Turbulence
Encounters of wake turbulence at any stage of flight should be reported by
radio to ATC and a written report sent to the supervising Authority.
6.5.6
Resolution Advisory Occurrences

The Commander shall notify the air traffic service unit concerned and submit
an ACAS report to the DFS, using the Air miss report, whenever an
aeroplane has been manoeuvred in response to an ACAS Resolution
Advisory.
6.5.7
Controlled Flight into Terrain

An incident where controlled flight into terrain was only marginally avoided,
with or without GPWS warning, must be reported to the supervising
Authority.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
6.5.8
CHAPTER 6
Page:
8
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Summary
A written report must be made of the following occurrences and forwarded to
the authorities indicated:
OCCURRENCE
Accidents/incidents acc. 5 (2) LuftVO
Unlawful interference
Emergency descent
Emergency evacuation
Declaration of an emergency
Flight crew incapacitation
Aero plane proximity
Unintentional or, when marginally avoided,
contact with the ground or an obstacle
Emergency landing outside an aerodrome
Fire or explosion, incl. engine fire, when an
aeroplane is in operation
Engine shutdown and damages, requiring an
engine exchange, during flight
Accidents/incidents with dangerous goods
Aborted take-off with passengers on board
Leaving the runway, incl. under- or
overshooting
Landing with undercarriage up
Overweight landing
Aeroplane structural damages
Exceeding of operational or technical limits
and uncontrolled flight attitudes
Failure of navigational facilities
Bird strike or the danger of a strike
Lightning strike
Malfunction of aeroplane systems affecting
the operation seriously
Extreme
occurrences
associated
with
turbulence and ice accumulation
Any occurrence that might help to avoid
accidents/incidents
6.5.9
BFU
x
BMVBW
x
x
LBA
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DFS
DAVVL
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Emergency Log
An Emergency Log is contained in the emergency folder at OCC, which must
be used when any information is received about a company aeroplane,
which is involved in an accident/incident. The Emergency Log has to be
initiated immediately. The log should contain all phone calls including the
names of the caller or the names to whom has been given information, the
time and a short description of the call content. This information is important
for the emergency team members arriving at a latter stage.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
6.6
CHAPTER 6
Page:
9
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Duties and Responsibilities

The centre primary responsibility should be concerned with, but not
necessarily confined to, the following points:
to provide a co-ordinating centre and, therefore, a single source of
information associated with an accident/emergency anywhere en route.;
to keep a record log of all information provided by the companys
investigation team and local accident/emergency control centre. (see this
chapter under forms 6.13)
to co-ordinate all aspects pertinent to the passengers and crew on board,
e.g. identification details, etc.
to provide an information service for dissemination to next of kin together
with a co-ordinating function regarding travel arrangements, etc.
to provide specific information to the companys Public Relations Department
for dissemination to the various media.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
6.7
CHAPTER 6
Page:
10
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Organization Chart for Central Accident/Emergency Centre
Bundesstelle fr
Flugunfalluntersuc
h-ung
Flight
Operations
LuftfahrtBundesamt
Bundesministeriu
m fr Verkehr, Bau
und
Wohnungswesen
Photograph
zur Beweissicherung
in eigener Sache
FLT OPS
Accountable
Manager
Relatives
Insurance
Press
Maintenance
Manager
6.8
JAR 145
Local Accident /Emergency Control Centre (Facilities/Organization)

It is recommended that a suitable area at each airport should be nominated
as a local accident/emergency control centre.
6.8.1
Facilities
In selecting this area, Hamburg International will ensure the availability of:
adequate space with expansion capability readily adjacent;

adequate communication facilities such as telephones, teletype and
duplicating equipment;
adequate supplies of stationery (files, log, books, etc.)
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
6.9
CHAPTER 6
Page:
11
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Duties of the accident/emergency Team

In the event of an accident/emergency this centre will be manned
immediately and the following duties will be performed:
6.10
co-ordinate, control and record all activities, directives, messages and

information in connection with the accident;
establish and maintain communication link with the scene of the
accident/emergency;
establish and maintain communication link with the Central
Accident/Emergency Control Centre;
establish and ensure that all passenger and crew dead/injured and
uninjured are accounted for;
record all pertinent details of passengers and crew on board, e.g.
identification details, etc. and report to central accident/emergency
control centre.
Organization charts of local control centre
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
6.11
CHAPTER 6
Page:
12
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Documentation (List a)
6.11.1 Contents of Local accident Check List

All station should keep an up-date local accident check list stating:
personnel assigned for emergency duty at the airport (accident

coordination);
personnel assigned for emergency duty at the town office if existing;
personnel assigned to proceed to the scene of the accident;
6.11.2 Documentation (List b)

Detailed lists of all relevant public services and facilities available at the
airport or its vicinity, such as:
fire brigade (numbers, capacity of vehicles, equipment, manpower, etc.);
search and rescue (if any);
medical assistance (doctors, ambulance, first aid stations, first aid kits,
hospitals, other medical equipment).
6.11.3 Documentation (List c)
A list of the availability of:
fixed communication means (schematic);

mobile communications means;
effective illumination (night mishaps),
protective clothing (for persons involved in accident);
Photographic equipment for salvage, etc.
6.11.4 Documentation (List d)

A list, where available, of:
local regulations/instructions of the airport authorities;

local regulations/instructions of the police
local regulations/instructions of other relevant sources.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
6.12
CHAPTER 6
Page:
13
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Duties of the Operations Control Centre when emergency is active
6.12.1 Accident of Aircraft

After notification of an accident of an Hamburg International aircraft
immediate actions must be taken:
call ATC / AIS and confirm accident

ascertain the location, and persons injured or dead
record all relevant data
inform all managing directors, flight operations, commercial, ground and
corporate communications manager
notify the HHI Technical Department in order to have additional staff
available.
report additional OCC staff on duty
Authorities will be informed by the Manager OCC or / and Hamburg
International management.
all Tour Operator / GSAs , Media and share holders will be informed via
HHI management or the corporate communications manager.
6.12.2 Duties of the Manager Operations Control Centre

If a Hamburg International aircraft is involved in an accident or similar event
the manager mentioned above will place the following informations:
1.
Collect data of crew and aircraft concerned:

Names
Qualifications and experiences
Total flying hours
Flying hours for the preceding 6 months
Flying hours for the preceding 30 days
Vacation for the preceding 12 months
Off days of the preceding 10 days
Summery of training and check flights for the preceding six months
Licenses
Data of last medical check and emergency training
Scheduled and actual duty time of the day concerned
Rest time before duty
All above mentioned data will be transferred to LBA and BMV as soon as
possible.
2.
Evaluate all data and informations obtained. Communicate for further

actions with all departments and stations concerned.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
3.
4.
5.
6.
CHAPTER 6
Page:
14
Revision:
8.0
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
01.04.2010
Issued:
Nominate field representative at side of accident

Establish emergency centre to co-ordinate all activities and record all
informations.
Ensure that in close co-operation with local authorities (ATC / SAR /
Airport / LBA / Supervision / Handling Agents, etc) all required help and
assistance will be provided without any delay.
Supervise initiated activities and keep authorities informed.
6.12.3 Duties of the Hamburg International Management

Whenever a Hamburg International aircraft is involved in an accident / similar
event the management will initiate / perform the following duties:
1.
Appoint an investigation board as follows:

Accountable Managers
Flight Operations Director
Fleet Chief
Manager Operations Control Centre
Technical Director
Press representative / lawyer
Other experts
2. Determine base if investigation board to be Hamburg or at site of

accident
3. Nominate delegation to proceed as investigation aid to site of accident to
start investigations, etc.
4. Issue a report stating the findings of the investigations
5. Handle all insures matters.
6. Collect passengers information
7. Make arrangements for transportation of relatives to site of accident, if
applicable.
8. Establish information centre
9. Issue bulletins for press and public relations
10. Keep authorities informed, submit required data and documents
11. Inform Tour Operator / GSA and initiate quick help program in close cooperation
12. Record all activities
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
6.13
Forms
6.13.1 Record Log Part I
CHAPTER 6
Page:
15
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
6.13.2 Record Log Part II
CHAPTER 6
Page:
16
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
6.13.3 Aircraft Accident Check List
CHAPTER 6
Page:
17
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
6.13.4 Aircraft Accident Log Form I
CHAPTER 6
Page:
18
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
6.13.5 Aircraft Accident Log Form II
CHAPTER 6
Page:
19
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
6.13.6 Passenger and Crew Detail Form
CHAPTER 6
Page:
20
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
6.13.7 Passenger and Crew Member File
CHAPTER 6
Page:
21
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EMERGENCY
6.13.8 Declaration of Photographer
CHAPTER 6
Page:
22
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
7.
CHAPTER 7
Page:
1
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Security
7.1 General ......................................................................................................... 2

7.2 Definitions ..................................................................................................... 2
7.3 Airport Security.............................................................................................. 5
7.3.1
Airport planning requirements ............................................................... 5
7.3.2
Access control....................................................................................... 5
7.3.3
Screening of staff, items carried and vehicles ....................................... 6
7.3.4
Physical security and patrols................................................................. 7
7.4 Passengers and cabin baggage.................................................................... 7
7.4.1
Screening of passengers ...................................................................... 7
7.4.2
Separation of passengers ..................................................................... 8
7.4.3
Screening of cabin baggage.................................................................. 8
7.4.4
Screening of diplomats.......................................................................... 8
7.5 Hold baggage.............................................................................................. 10
7.5.1
Reconciliation of hold baggage ........................................................... 10
7.5.2
Screening of hold baggage ................................................................. 11
7.5.3
Protection of hold baggage ................................................................. 12
7.6 Cargo, courier and express parcels ............................................................ 15
7.6.1
Application........................................................................................... 15
7.6.2
Qualifications for a regulated agent..................................................... 15
7.6.3
Security controls.................................................................................. 15
7.6.4
Criteria for a known consignor............................................................. 16
7.6.5
Carriage on all-cargo aircraft............................................................... 16
7.6.6
Transhipment cargo ............................................................................ 16
7.7 Mail ............................................................................................................. 17
7.7.1
Application........................................................................................... 17
7.7.2
Qualifications for Regulated Postal Authority/Administration .............. 17
7.7.3
Security Controls................................................................................. 17
7.7.4
Criteria for a Known Consignor ........................................................... 18
7.7.5
Transhipment Mail............................................................................... 18
7.8 Air carrier mail and materials....................................................................... 19
7.8.1
Application........................................................................................... 19
7.8.2
Definitions ........................................................................................... 19
7.8.3
7.9 Air carrier catering, stores and supplies ...................................................... 19
7.9.1
Application........................................................................................... 19
7.9.2
7.10 Air carrier cleaning, stores and supplies ..................................................... 20
7.10.1
Application and objective .................................................................... 20
7.10.2
7.11 Incident reporting ........................................................................................ 21
7.12 Bomb threat procedures and instructions.................................................... 21
7.12.1
Vague or Generalized Threats ............................................................ 22
7.12.2
Specific Threats .................................................................................. 22
7.12.3
Bomb threats against Aircrafts ............................................................ 23
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
7.1
CHAPTER 7
Page:
2
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
General
The company Hamburg-International (HI) is, by law ( Standard 3.3.1 of
Annex 17 to the Chicago Convention, as well as Article 5(4) of Regulation
(EC) 2320/2002 ) , obliged to comply with the requirements of the National
Security Programme. In order to comply with this requirement the company
has an authority approved, confidential Air Carrier Security Programme. To
comply with this programme, the respective company personnel have strictly
adhere to the safety instructions contained in this chapter during their turn of
duty.
Also the EU Regulations 1546/2006 & 622 will be receivee attention in the
HHI documentation and in the prescribed security measure.
The ACSP contain instructions to guard against possible attempts of
hijacking or sabotage of aircraft and company property as well as security
checks on persons, baggage and parked aircraft.
The company has nominated a Security Commissioner who is responsible to
supervise all matters affecting security. In addition, he is responsible for the
establishment and amendment of the security procedures within the
company.
Reference to other manuals concerning security will be made due to:
minimize the group of persons which is authorized to deal with specific
security check lists
remind all concerned of the full range of security procedures to be
observed
Aviation security does not only deal with aeroplane security but also with
security precautions on ground in order to prevent a threat against anyone
within the security area.
If necessary, instructions to implement additional measures will be
forwarded.
7.2
Definitions
1.
Accompanied hold baggage: Baggage accepted for carriage in the

hold of an aircraft, on which the passenger who checked it in is onboard.
2.
Airside: The movement area of an airport, adjacent terrain and

buildings, or portions thereof.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
CHAPTER 7
Page:
3
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
3.
Aircraft Security Check: An inspection of the interior of an aircraft to

which passengers may have access and an inspection of hold for the
purpose of discovering prohibited articles.
4.
Aircraft Security Search: A thorough inspection of the interior and the

exterior of the aircraft for the purpose of discovering prohibited articles.
5.
Background check: A check of a person's identity and previous

experience, including any criminal history, as part of the assessment of
an individual's suitability for unescorted access to security restricted
areas.
6.
Cabin baggage: Baggage intended for carriage in the cabin of an

aircraft.
7.
Commercial Flight: A scheduled or non-scheduled flight or flight activity

rendered for hire to the general public or private groups for valuable
consideration.
8. Co-Mat: Abbreviation of air carrier company materials, shipped within

its network of stations.
9. Co-Mail: Abbreviation of air carrier company mail, shipped within its
network of stations.
10. Continuous Random Checks: Checks conducted during the entire
period of activity, whilst those checks are to be conducted on a random
basis.
11. General Aviation: Any scheduled or unscheduled flight activity not
offered or available to the general public.
12. EDS Explosive Detection System. A system or combination of
different technologies which has the ability to detect, and so to indicate
by means of an alarm, explosive material contained in baggage,
irrespective of the material from which the bag is made.
13. EDDS Explosive Device Detection System. A system or
combination of different technologies which has the ability to detect,
and so to indicate by means of an alarm, an explosive device by
detecting one or more components of such a device contained in
baggage, irrespective of the material from which the bag is made.
14. Hold Baggage: Baggage intended for carriage in the hold of an aircraft.
15. Known Consignor:
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
CHAPTER 7
Page:
4
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
(a)
For Cargo: The originator of property for transportation by air for his
own account and who has established business with a regulated agent
or air carrier on the basis of criteria detailed in this Annex.
(b)
For Mail: The originator of mail for transportation by air for his own
account and who has established business with a regulated postal
authority/administration.
16. Landside: The area of an airport which is not airside and includes all
public areas.
17. Mail: Despatches of correspondence and other objects tendered by
and intended for delivery to postal administrations. A postal
authority/administration is defined by Member States.
18. Prohibited article: An object which can be used to commit an act of
unlawful interference and that has not been properly declared and
subjected to the applicable laws and regulations. An indicative list of
such prohibited articles is found in the Attachment.
19. PEDS: Primary Explosive Detection System. A system or combination
of different technologies which has the ability to detect, and so to
indicate by means of an alarm, explosive material contained in
baggage, irrespective of the material from which the bag is made.
20. Regulated Agent: An agent, freight forwarder or other entity who
conducts business with an operator and provides security controls that
are accepted or required by the appropriate authority in respect of
cargo, courier and express parcels or mail.
21. Security Restricted Area: Airside areas of an airport into which access
is controlled to ensure security of civil aviation. Such areas will normally
include all passenger departure areas between screening points and
aircraft, ramp, baggage make-up areas, cargo sheds, mail centres and
airside cleaning and catering premises.
22. Security Controls: Means by which the introduction of prohibited
articles can be prevented.
23. Screening: The application of technical or other means which are
intended to identify and/or detect prohibited articles.
24. Unaccompanied hold baggage: Baggage accepted for carriage in the
hold of an aircraft, on which the passenger who checked it in is not
onboard.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
CHAPTER 7
Page:
5
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
25. Terminal: The main building or group of buildings where the

processing of commercial passengers and freight and the boarding of
aircraft occurs.
26. TIP: Threat Image Projection, a software programme, which can be

installed on certain x-ray machines. The programme projects virtual
images of threat articles (e.g. a gun, knife, improvised explosive device)
within the x-ray image of a real bag under examination, and provides
immediate feedback to the x-ray machine operator on the operator's
ability to detect such images.
27. Trace Detection Equipment: Technology system or combination of
different technologies which has the ability to detect very small amounts
(1/billion of a gram), and so to indicate by means of an alarm, explosive
materials contained in baggage, or other articles subjected for analysis.
7.3
Airport Security
7.3.1
Airport planning requirements

Hamburg International demands of the airport companies an operation that
complies with the national security requirements.
Airport operator guarantees protection and control of access to airside,
security restricted areas and other sensitive airport areas and facilities.
The local airport company has to prove the realization of national security
demands in a written form.
7.3.2
Access control
Security measures on ground are intended to reduce the possibility of
potential sabotage. Conscientious inspections by maintenance personnel
and / or flight crew members and a watchful observation of the aeroplanes
surroundings can prevent or detect sabotage actions in time.
The commander may, if situation warrants, require stronger precautionary
measures than generally prescribed for a station. Special requests by the
commanders, however, should always be discussed with the responsible
station personnel or aerodrome authorities in advance.
Entrance to security areas is only given to persons with permission to enter:
A:
Passengers:
Tickets of passengers will be checked carefully in regard of supplier,
validate print and compliance of name on ticket and passport.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
B:
CHAPTER 7
Page:
6
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Airline / Airport Personnel:

Airline and Airport employees have to provide an authorized
identification prior to admittance to a sterile area.
Hamburg International ID card allows the flying crew to enter HI
aircrafts and areas that have to be entered for their duty.
Airport ID cards for personnel with the need to enter furthermore

security areas of a specified airport have to be applied by the company.
Hamburg International lists up the holders of additional airport ID cards.
Any ID card which provides access to security areas must be given
back when leaving the company.
C:
Security personnel:
Security personnel or agencies specializing in screening of passengers
and baggage will carry an employee identification card. ID-cards will at
least show a full-face picture of the cardholder, the organisation, a
serial number and the issuing authority.
Access points to security areas have to be inspected by:
electronic surveillance devices
Security personnel
Unauthorized persons in security areas have to be reported to the
authority.
D:
Training
All staff requiring access to security restricted areas receives regular
training in aviation security and is instructed to report to the relevant
authority any incident which may pose a threat to aviation security.
7.3.3
Screening of staff, items carried and vehicles

Flight crewmembers will be subject to search even if they wear uniform and
present their company identification card, which must include a recent photo
of individual.
Airline and Airport Tenant Employees will be screened and have to provide
an authorized identification prior admittance to a sterile area.
HI vehicles entering periodical airside have to be signed with permission for
the specific area.
Strange vehicles without permission have to be screened prior entering a
sterile area and issued with a temporary pass.
Any screening can be done as a physical inspection or by using technical
equipment as hand screener or x-ray. The screenings have to be done by
the relevant airport security; the method has to be reported to HI Ground
OPS.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
7.3.4
CHAPTER 7
Page:
7
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Physical security and patrols

The operator of the airport ensures that no unauthorized personnel enters
the sterile areas as apron, runway and parking position of AC by using
entrance check points and periodical patrols
7.3.5
Security Training for staff

Only staff will be accepted to provide service in the security area (sterile area)
which will be trained according the national training program and the
EURegulation 2320/2002.
7.4
Passengers and cabin baggage
7.4.1
Screening of passengers
Hamburg International requires from its subcontractors the screening of
passengers in the following way:
1.
Other than as referred to in point 3 below, all departing passengers (i.e.

originating and transfer passengers, unless previously screened to the
standard detailed in this Annex), shall be screened to prevent
prohibited articles from being introduced into the security restricted
areas and on board an aircraft. Passengers shall be screened by the
following methods:
(a) Searched by hand; or

(b)
Screened by Walk-Through-Metal-Detection equipment. Where WalkThrough-Metal-Detection equipment is used there shall also be a
continuous random hand search of screened passengers. Such hand
searches shall be carried out on all passengers who cause the
equipment to alarm, as well as a continuous random search which shall
be carried out on those passengers who do not cause the equipment to
alarm, and if:
(i)
The alarm is activated, the person shall be required to be screened

again with Walk-Through-Metal-Detection equipment; or
(ii)
Searched by hand where the support of a hand held metal detector

may be employed.
2.
Where Walk-Through-Metal-Detection equipment is used, it shall be

calibrated to such a level as to reasonably ensure that small metallic
items are detected.
Disabled passengers have to be searched by hand; wheelchairs or
stretchers become subject of the search.
Security provisions shall be developed for potentially disruptive
passengers. Potentially disruptive passengers have to be reported to HI
flight crew as soon as possible prior passengers entering AC.
3
4:
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
7.4.2
CHAPTER 7
Page:
8
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Separation of passengers
Screened departing passengers shall not mix with arriving passengers who
may not have been screened to the standard detailed in this Annex. Where
these passengers cannot be physically separated then the security objective
shall be achieved by the application of compensatory measures in
accordance with the assessment of the risk by the competent authority.
7.4.3
Screening of cabin baggage

Hamburg International requires of its subcontractors the screening of cabin
baggage in the following way:
1.
(a)
as appropriate. Cabin baggage shall be screened by one of the

following methods:
A full hand search of the content of each bag, with each bag being
examined for suspicious signs such as inconsistent weight etc; or
(b)
screened by conventional x-ray equipment with hand searching of

screened bags also being conducted on a continuous random basis,
where the percentage of persons so searched is not less than 10 %,
including those about which the operator has concerns; or
(c)
Screened by High Definition x-ray equipment fitted with TIP installed

and employed. Only those bags about which the operator has concerns
need be searched by hand but the hand search may be supported by
use of Trace Detection Equipment.
Cabin baggage of those parties listed under point 4.1 paragraph 3 may
be subject to special screening procedures or exempted from
screening.
2.
7.4.4
The cabin baggage of all departing passengers (i.e. originating and

transfer passengers, unless previously screened to the standard
detailed in this Annex), shall be screened prior to being allowed into
security restricted areas and on board an aircraft. Any prohibited
articles shall be removed from the passenger's possession or the
passenger denied access into the security restricted area or the aircraft
Screening of diplomats
Subject to the provisions of the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations,
diplomats and other privileged persons and their personal baggage, except
diplomatic bags, shall be liable to screening for security purposes. Air
carrier staff responsible for receiving diplomatic bags shall make sure that
they have, in fact, been sent by duly-appointed officials of the missions
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
CHAPTER 7
Page:
9
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
concerned. Diplomatic couriers and their personal baggage are not

exempted from screening.
7.4.5 Restrictions on liquids carried in the hand bags

With effect from 6 November 2006, there will be restrictions on liquids which can be taken
into the cabin on connecting flights originating within the EU and on connecting flights from
Europe. This also includes all flights within Germany.
Liquid and gel products, e.g. toiletries and cosmetics, are permitted in hand luggage,
provided they conform to the following regulations:
Containers with liquids and similar products may hold up to 100 ml (i.e. the maximum
capacity when full as printed on the container)
All individual containers must be carried together in a transparent, re-sealable (e.g. zip
top) plastic bag, with a maximum capacity of one litre
Only one bag is permitted per person
The bag must be shown separately at the Security Control
Medicines and special food (e.g. liquid baby food) required during the flight do not need to be
carried in the plastic bag. However these items must also be presented at Security.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
7.5
Hold baggage
7.5.1
Reconciliation of hold baggage
CHAPTER 7
Page:
10
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Hamburg International requires from its subcontractors to handle all hold

baggage in the following way:
1.
Hold baggage shall not be placed on board an aircraft unless the

following measures are taken:
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
(a)
(b)
CHAPTER 7
Page:
11
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Hold baggage shall be properly marked externally to permit

identification with relevant passengers; and
The passenger to whom such baggage belongs shall be checked in for
the flight on which it is to be carried; and
(c)
prior to loading, hold baggage shall be held in an area of the airport to

which only authorised persons have access; and
(d)
All items of baggage taken into the custody of Hamburg-International

for carriage in the hold of an aircraft shall be identified as either
accompanied or unaccompanied. The process of identification shall be

achieved either by manual or automated means.
7.5.2
2.
Measures must be established to ensure that if a passenger checked in

for a flight, who has placed baggage in the custody of HamburgInternational, is not onboard the aircraft, such hold baggage shall be
removed from the aircraft and shall not be carried on that flight.
3.
A hold baggage manifest or an alternative means of providing evidence

which confirms the identification and screening of unaccompanied hold
baggage shall be drawn up.
Screening of hold baggage

1.
Accompanied Hold Baggage. All items of accompanied hold baggage

(both originating and transfer hold baggage, unless previously screened
to the standard detailed in this Annex), shall be screened by one of the
following methods before being loaded onto an aircraft:
(a)
Hand search; or
(b)
Conventional x-ray equipment with at least 10 % of screened baggage

also being subjected to either:
(i) Hand search; or

(ii) EDS or EDDS or PEDS; or
(iii) Conventional x-ray equipment with each bag being viewed from two
different angles by the same Operator at the same screening point; or
(c)
Conventional x-ray equipment with TIP installed and employed; or
(d)
EDS or EDDS; or
(e)
PEDS; or
(f)
Trace Detection Equipment on open pieces of baggage.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
7.5.3
CHAPTER 7
Page:
12
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
2.
Unaccompanied Hold Baggage. All items of unaccompanied baggage,

both originating and transfer hold baggage, shall be screened by one of
the following methods, before being loaded onto an aircraft:
(a)
EDS; or
(b)
A multi-level PEDS, where at Level 2 the images of all bags are viewed
by the operators; or
(c)
Conventional x-ray equipment with each bag being viewed from two
different angles by the same operator at the same screening point; or
(d)
hand search supplemented by the application of Trace Detection

Equipment on open pieces of baggage, unless the unaccompanied
baggage, which has been previously screened to the standard detailed
in this Annex, has been separated due to factors beyond the
passenger's control, and the unaccompanied baggage has been within
the care of Hamburg International.
Protection of hold baggage

1.
(a)
Hold baggage to be carried on an aircraft, shall be protected from

unauthorised interference from the point at which it is accepted into the
care of the carrier until departure of the aircraft on which it is to be
carried. The following measures shall be taken in protecting hold
baggage:
Prior to being loaded, hold baggage shall be held in the baggage makeup area or other storage area of an airport to which only authorised
persons may have access.
(b)
Any person entering a baggage make-up or storage area without

authorisation shall be challenged and escorted out of the area.
(c)
Originating and transfer hold baggage shall not be left unattended on

the ramp or plane side prior to being loaded on aircraft.
(d)
At all Unclean airports the handling agent is in the responsibility to

guard the hold baggage from the check-in until loaded in the aircraft.
(e)
Tail-to-tail transfer hold baggage shall not be left unattended on the

ramp or plane side prior to being loaded.
(f)
Access to lost-and-found offices in the terminal shall be restricted to

prevent unlawful access to baggage and materials.
7.5.4
Protection of Cargo Doors (Unclean airports)
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
CHAPTER 7
Page:
13
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
The protection of cargo doors during the ground time (turnaround) is in

the responsibility of the ground handling staff (Handling Agent). The
handling agent is providing the service on behalf of the carrier if crew
member are not available and the doors are unsealed.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
CHAPTER 7
Page:
14
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
7.6
Cargo, courier and express parcels
7.6.1
Application
CHAPTER 7
Page:
15
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
All cargo, courier and express parcels intended to be carried on passenger

or all-cargo aircraft shall be subjected to the security controls detailed
hereunder before being placed on board the aircraft. Hamburg-International
requires from its subcontractors strictly adherence to the descript security
controls.
7.6.2
Qualifications for a regulated agent

Regulated agents shall be:
(a)
Designated approved or listed by the appropriate authority;
(b) Subject to specified obligations, as defined by the appropriate authority.

7.6.3
Security controls
1.
Cargo, courier and express parcels shall only be carried by air where
the following security controls have been applied:
(a)
The reception, processing and handling of cargo shall be performed by

properly recruited and trained staff;
(b)
Cargo shall be:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Searched by hand or physical check; or

Screened by x-ray equipment; or
Subjected to simulation chamber; or
subjected to other means, both technical and bio-sensory, (e.g. sniffers,
trace detectors, explosive detection dogs etc.) so as to reasonably
ensure that it does not contain any prohibited article as listed in points
iv and v of the Attachment ( D), unless it has been declared and
properly subjected to applicable safety measures.
Where none of the above means and methods of security control can
be applied owing to the nature of the consignment, the appropriate
authority may specify a storage period.
2.
Once security controls have been implemented, including controls on

cargo from known consignors, whether on or off airport grounds,
sterility of the shipments shall be maintained until such time as it is
placed onboard aircraft and maintained until the departure of the
aircraft.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
7.6.4
CHAPTER 7
Page:
16
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
3.
The security controls detailed in paragraph 1 need not be applied in

respect of:
(a)
Cargo received from a known consignor;
(b)
Transhipment cargo;
(c)
Cargo whose origin and handling conditions ensure that it presents no

security threat;
(d)
Cargo which is subject to regulatory requirements providing for an

appropriate level of security protection.
Criteria for a known consignor

1.
A regulated agent or air carrier may only recognise a consignor as a

known consignor by:
(a)
Establishing and registering the identity and address of the consignor

and the agents authorised to carry out deliveries on his behalf; and
(b)
Requiring the consignor to declare that he:
(i)
Prepares consignments in secure premises; and
(ii)
Employs reliable staff in preparing the consignments; and
(iii) protects the consignments against unauthorised interference during the

preparation, storage and transportation; and
(c)
Requiring the consignor to:
(i)
Certify in writing that the consignment does not contain any prohibited
articles as listed in points (IV) and (v) of the Attachment (D); and
Accepts that the package and contents of the consignment may be
examined for security
(ii)
7.6.5
Carriage on all-cargo aircraft

Not applicable
7.6.6
Transhipment cargo
Not applicable
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
7.7
Mail
7.7.1
Application
CHAPTER 7
Page:
17
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Mail carried on Hamburg-International aircraft shall be subjected to security

controls before being placed on board an aircraft.
7.7.2
Qualifications for Regulated Postal Authority/Administration

Each regulated postal authority/administration submitting mail to HamburgInternational for carriage shall meet the following minimum criteria:
(a)
it shall be designated, approved or listed by the Appropriate Authority;
(b)
(c)
it shall fulfil the obligations towards air carriers to apply the required
security controls;
it shall employ properly recruited and trained staff; and
(d)
it shall protect mail from unauthorised interference while in its custody.
7.7.3 Security Controls

1.
Time Sensitive Mail. Time-sensitive mail (i.e. up to 48 hour delivery)

shall only be carried by air where the following security controls have
been applied:
(a) the reception, processing and handling of mail shall be performed by

properly recruited and trained staff;
(b) mail shall be:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
searched by hand or physical check;

screened by x-ray equipment;
subjected to simulation chamber; or
subjected to other means, procedural, technical or bio-sensory, (e.g.
sniffers, trace detectors, explosive detection dogs, etc.);
so as to reasonably ensure that the mail does not contain any
prohibited articles; and
(c) flight details and aircraft routing on which the mail is to be carried shall
remain confidential.
2.
Other Mail. Mail which is not time-sensitive may be carried by air

provided that the measures detailed in paragraph 1(a) and (b) have
been applied. The security controls detailed in paragraph 1(b) need only
be applied to a random proportion of mail.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
3.
CHAPTER 7
Page:
18
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
The security controls detailed in paragraph 1(b) need not be applied in

respect of:
(a) Mail received from a known consignor;

(b) Letters under a specified weight or thickness;
(c) bona fide consignments of life saving materials;
(d) High value goods which have been secured to a standard at least equal
to that detailed in paragraph 1(b);
(e) Mail which is to be carried on all-mail flights between Community
airports;
(f)
Transhipment mail.
7.7.4 Criteria for a Known Consignor

Regulated postal authority/administration may only recognise a consignor as
a known consignor by:
(a) Establishing and registering the identity and address of the consignor
and the agents authorised to carry out deliveries on his behalf;
(b) Requiring the consignor to declare that he protects the consignment
against unauthorised interference during preparation, storage and
transportation; and
(c) Requiring the consignor to:
(i)
Certify in writing that the mail consignment does not contain any
prohibited articles as listed in points (iv) and (v) of the Attachment (D);
(ii)
Accept that the packaging and contents of the mail consignment may
be subjected to the security controls detailed in point Chapter 7.12.3.
7.7.5 Transhipment Mail

Transhipment mail arriving by air need not have the security controls
detailed in point Chapter 10, No.3 applied to it provided that it is protected
against unauthorised interference at the transit point. Other transhipment
mail, such as land or rail mail, not being submitted to security controls at the
point of departure or en route shall be screened in accordance with point
Chapter 10, No 3, paragraph 1 and protected from unauthorised
interference.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
7.8
Air carrier mail and materials
7.8.1
Application
CHAPTER 7
Page:
19
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Hamburg International company mail and materials carried on own aircraft

shall be subjected to security controls before being placed on board an
aircraft.
7.8.2 Definitions
Mail and materials mean internal dispatches of
materials, such as but not limited to, documentation,
spares, catering and cleaning supplies and other
delivery to our own or contracted organisation for
operations.
correspondence and
supplies, maintenance
articles, intended for
use within air carrier
7.8.3 Security controls

Any Hamburg-International shipment of company mail (co-mail) or company
materials (co-mat) shall be subject to the following measures:
(a)
It shall be controlled and security screened to ensure that no prohibited

article has been introduced into company shipment; and
(b) It shall not be left unattended prior to being loaded onboard an aircraft.
Other co-mail or co-mat shipment made on behalf of the carrier by a contract
organisation such as, but not limited to, catering equipment and stores,
cleaning supplies and other materials handled by contracted service
providers, is screened prior to loading on board aircraft.
7.9
Air carrier catering, stores and supplies
7.9.1
Application
Hamburg-International catering, stores and supplies on board aircraft shall
be subjected to security controls to prevent any prohibited article being taken
on board an aircraft.
7.9.2
Security controls
1.
Suppliers of Hamburg-International catering stores and supplies shall

implement security controls to prevent the introduction of prohibited
articles into such stores and supplies intended to be carried on board
aircraft. These measures shall include the following:
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
CHAPTER 7
Page:
20
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
(a) The appointment of a security officer responsible for the implementation

and supervision of security in the company;
(b) High standards of reliability when employing staff;
(c)
All staff who have access to security restricted areas shall comply with
background checks and security instructions issued by the airport
authority;
(d) The company shall prevent unauthorised access to its facilities and
supplies;
(e) If the company is located outside the airport, all supplies shall be
transported to the aircraft in locked or sealed vehicles; and
7.10
(f)
Processing and handling of stores and supplies shall be carried out by

properly recruited and trained staff.
2.
After delivery, stores and supplies shall be screened on a random

basis.
3.
Stores and supplies from a company which has not been subject to
measures listed under paragraph 1 shall not be taken on board an
aircraft.
Air carrier cleaning, stores and supplies
7.10.1 Application and objective

Measures shall be taken by cleaning companies to ensure that air carrier
cleaning, stores and supplies taken on-board do not contain any prohibited
articles that could endanger the safety of the aircraft. Hamburg-International
requires from cleaning companies to follow security controls as listed in
paragraph II.
7.10.2 Security controls
1.
Suppliers of air carrier cleaning services, stores and supplies shall

introduce security measures necessary to prevent the introduction of
prohibited articles into cleaning supplies to be taken on-board.
The following security measures shall take:
(a) The appointment of a security officer responsible for the implementation

and supervision of security in the company;
(b) High standards of reliability when employing staff;
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
7.11
CHAPTER 7
Page:
21
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
(c)
All staff who have access to restricted areas shall comply with
background checks and instructions issued by the airport authority;
(d)
The company shall prevent unauthorised access to its facilities;
(e)
If the company is located outside the airport, cleaning supplies shall be

transported to the aircraft in locked or sealed vehicles;
(f)
Processing and handling of cleaning supplies shall be carried out by

properly recruited and trained staff; and
(g)
The screening of cleaning supplies shall take place before co-mailing

the supplies to other destinations.
2.
After delivery, cleaning supplies shall be screened on a random basis.
3.
Supplies from a company which does not comply with the security
control measures in paragraph 1 shall not be taken on board an aircraft.
Incident reporting
Security Officer is responsible for keeping under constant review the security
arrangement applying to HI. To fulfil this responsibility it is necessary for the
security officer to be informed of all incidents which may have an effect on
the security of aircraft. This includes incidents to other carriers and security
incidents at airports. Information should be forwarded by telephone or fax to
the Flight OPS. Flight OPS ensures immediate information of the Security
Officer.
7.12
Bomb threat procedures and instructions
These procedures cover the general and more frequently encountered

incidents. In exceptional circumstances of local disturbances, where local
authorities might advise to give great credibility to any threats, it may be
necessary to implement more procedures than defined here. However,
every attempt should be made to contact Air Security with
comprehensive details; informations on local conditions and an
assessment before more restrictive actions are taken.
Particular attention has to be paid to the manner in which threatening

telephone calls are handled, because actions taken will be influenced by
them. In the majority of cases the caller makes a statement there is a
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
CHAPTER 7
Page:
22
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
bomb etc., and immediately replaces the telephone. Staffs have to be

aware that such calls may be received.
Recently they have tended to increase. Awareness should make it
possible to appreciate the nature of the call early in its text.
Ready acceptance of threats only encourages fakers. Some challenge by

the recipient at the time of the call may produce a reaction from the
caller, which would classify it as a hoax. The call would also be prolonged
providing material for enquires.
Actions to be taken after a bomb threat against a Hamburg International

aircraft or any Hamburg International property or building will be
influenced by the nature of the threat, and the way in which the threat is
made known. Available facts enable to assess the threat and to decide in
which category it falls. In this regulation bomb threats are classified as
follows:
7.12.1 Vague or Generalized Threats

The threat is in general terms and can be related to any of a number of
possible targets. Analysis of the wording of the threat makes its genuineness
or the ability to implement it doubtful.
Nevertheless, selected precautions will be taken.
Where the threat is of a very general or vague nature and does mot permit
identification of airline or particular flights only the following actions will be
taken:
Call Operational Control Centre with all relevant details
Notify Air Traffic Control (ATC), Police, Airport Civil Authorities; request
no publicity
7.12.2 Specific Threats
The threat is directed at an identifiable target. The caller has positively
identified himself/herself or the organization involved. There can be no doubt
or the intention and ability to implement the threat.
Generally warnings are received either in written from or more frequently

anonymously be the telephone.
In case of a written warning make a careful note of the time and method
of receipt. The warning and any envelope will be carefully retained with a
minimum of handling for subsequent inspection.
Staff likely to be faced with receipt of telephone bomb warnings
(switchboard/reception, reservation, duty/Crew room) will be briefed on:
Try to engage the caller in conversation. He/She may give information
permitting a better assessment of the threat. The call may be traced and
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
CHAPTER 7
Page:
23
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
the possibility of voice identification in later enquiries rises. Ask the caller
for his/her name and telephone number. The reaction even in giving a
false name could be of assistance later on. The callers reaction to
attempts to engage in conversation is important for rating the threat and
deciding the necessary action. Suggested ways to keep a caller in
conversation may include:
Pretend difficulty in hearing.
Laughing and treating the call as a joke.
Seeking information about location of bomb or device-
Asking the caller to speak with a more senior person.
Giving the caller reason to believe the flight quoted is incorrect.
In case of blackmail, i.e. demand for money, point out the impracticability
of obtaining cash.
Get attention of other staff in the office to have them trace the call.
Note the precise words used by the caller.
Observe any accent of the caller, background noises, likely age of the
caller, etc.
Make a precise written note of these details while they are still fresh in
mind.
7.12.3 Bomb threats against Aircrafts

Immediate telephone contact must be established to
OCC (+49 (0) 40 500 501 10 or 13)

All relevant details will be passed (i.e. comprehensive details of the threat,
any local conditions and circumstances possibly connected with the threat,
details of VIPs or politically important passengers) with any local
assessment.
In cases where immediate telephone contact with OCC (Operational
Control Centre) cannot be established, the following procedure will be
applied:
Before Boarding/Loading
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
CHAPTER 7
Page:
24
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Try to call OCC with all relevant details.
Call the company management by the fastest possible way
Notify Air Traffic Control (ATC), Police, Airport Civil Aviation Authorities;
request no publicity
Be prepared for a positive search of the aircraft.
Ensure that baggage loaded on the airplane is only that belonging to

passengers and crew who actually travel on the aircraft.
Should a passenger fail to board, his/her registered baggage must be

offloaded before departure. Such baggage is to be treated as suspect
and handled accordingly.
Do not load unaccompanied baggage. Arrange for isolation and

technical/physical search with list of passengers booked for this flight.
Supply police/security with list of passengers booked for this flight.
Notify the aircraft captain of the threat and the intention to implement the
applicable security precautions.
Ready to depart
Notify the aircraft captain of the threat and the security precautions to be
implemented.
Call OCC with all relevant details.
Notify Air Traffic Control (ATC), Police, Airport Civil Aviation Authorities;
request no publicity
Disembark all passengers and crew with all hand baggage.
Have the aircraft placed at a position assigned by the Airport Authorities
Have passengers baggage unloaded and conveyed to a safe area
The aircraft will be subject to positive search
Passengers should individually identify their property
Should the search prove negative, inform the captain of the aircraft.
Ensure that only baggage which has been checked and is the property of
boarding passengers will be reloaded.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
CHAPTER 7
Page:
25
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Supply police/security with a list of all passengers.
In Flight
7.13
Notify captain of the threat and available information permitting him of

make some assessment of its credibility. Bomb threats will never be
treated as joke to the point of disregarding it a failing to inform the
captain.
Notify Air Traffic Control (ATC), police, Airport Civil Authorities; request
no publicity.
Take any necessary action to alert local staff preparatory to possible

aircraft return/stopover/landing.
Call Movement Control Centre with all relevant details.
Cockpit access
1. A pilot in command of an aircraft shall ensure that the door separating the
flight crew compartment from the passenger compartment is closed and
locked at all times when the last external passenger door is closed except for
when it is necessary to permit access and egress to authorized persons.
2. No person may admit any person to the flight deck of an aircraft unless the
person being admitted is:
- An active crewmember
- A non active company crewmember
- A representative of the Luftfahrt- Bundesamt (Civil Aviation Authority) responsible
for certification, licensing or inspections for the performance of his duties.
Any other person assigned for special duties on board of the aircraft by the
Postholder Flight Operations ( for example : maintenance personnel, ATC
Controller, a person necessary for the safety of the flight etc.) ( with Cockpit Permit
Form)
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
7.14
CHAPTER 7
Page:
26
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Cabin Security Check

According the EU Regulation 622/2003 & 2320/2002 for Operating
Aircrafts, before starting any flight activities the Aircraft Security Check List
will be completed by crew or other qualified personnel, trained for this
purpose.
This Aircraft Security Check List is to be attached to the handling agent`s trip
file for the concerned flight and stored for minimum time of 24 hours.
It must be sure, that prohibited and unchecked articles and items will not be
stored and transported in the aircraft.
Check Sheet for Aircraft Security Search & Check acc. EU. Doc. 2320/2002
attached.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
CHAPTER 7
Page:
27
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
SECURITY
CHAPTER 7
Page:
28
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
8.
CHAPTER 8
Page:
1
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Explanations and Definitions
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.7.1
8.7.2
8.7.3
8.8
Explanations.................................................................................................. 2
Definitions ................................................................................................... 10
Phonetic Alphabet ....................................................................................... 12
International Organizations ......................................................................... 13
Standard Ground Handling Agreement ....................................................... 13
Delay Codes................................................................................................ 15
Operational Messages ................................................................................ 18
Movement Messages .......................................................................... 18
LDM (Load Distribution Message)....................................................... 18
Delay Messages.................................................................................. 21
Abbreviations .............................................................................................. 23
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
8.1
CHAPTER 8
Page:
2
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Explanations
When used in the Ground Operations Manual, the following terms shall have
the meaning outlined below:
Shall" or an action verb in the imperative sense means that the application
of a rule or procedure or provision is mandatory.
"Should" means that the application of a procedure or provision is
recommended.
"May" means that the application of a procedure or provision is optional.
This manual applies to both male and female crew members, operations
personnel, passengers and other persons, although references in the text
are made to the masculine gender only as a matter of simplification.
Accountable Manager
The person acceptable by the Authority (LBA) who has corporate authority
ensuring that all operations and maintenance activities can be financed and
carried out to the standard required by the Authority and any additional
requirements defined by the operator.
Aerodrome operating minima
The limits of usability of an aerodrome for either take-off or landing, usually
expressed in terms of runway visual range or visibility, decision
altitude/height (MDA/H) and cloud conditions.
Aerodrome or Airport
A defined area on land or water (including any buildings, installations and
equipment) intended to be used either whole or in part for the arrival,
departure and surface movements of aeroplanes. Aerodrome and airport
are considered to be equivalent in this manual.
Aeroplane
Aeroplane and aircraft are considered to be equivalent in this manual.
Aeroplane Flight Manual (AFM)
A JAA approved document that contains information (limits, procedures,
data, etc.) required to operate the aeroplane at the level of safety
established by the aeroplanes certification basis.
Air Operator Certificate (AOC)
A certificate authorising an operator to carry out specified commercial air
transport operations.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
CHAPTER 8
Page:
3
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Air Traffic Control unit

A generic term meaning variously: area control centre, approach control
office or aerodrome control tower.
Alternate aerodrome
An aerodrome designated by an operator for a particular flight, other than the
destination aerodrome, and to which an aeroplane may proceed when it
becomes impossible or inadvisable to proceed to or land at the aerodrome of
intended landing. Alternate aerodromes include the following:
Take-off alternate
An alternate aerodrome at which an aeroplane can land should this become
necessary shortly after take-off and it is not possible to use the aerodrome of
departure.
En-route alternate
An aerodrome at which an aeroplane would be able to land after
experiencing an abnormal or emergency condition whilst en-route.
Destination alternate
An alternate aerodrome to which an aeroplane may proceed should it
become impossible or inadvisable to land at the aerodrome of intended
landing.
NOTE:
The Aerodrome from which a flight departs may also be an en-route or a
destination alternate aerodrome for that flight.
Approved
Documented by the Authority as suitable for a particular purpose.
Approved by the Authority
This means either approved by the Authority directly or in accordance with a
procedure approved by the Authority.
Approved standard
This means a manufacturing/design/maintenance/quality standard approved
by the Authority.
Authority
Authority means the competent body responsible for the safety of Civil
Aviation (LBA for Germany)
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
CHAPTER 8
Page:
4
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Block time
The total time from the moment an aeroplane first moves under its own
power for the purpose of taking off until the moment it comes to rest at the
end of the flight for the purpose of unloading persons.
Cabin attendant
A cabin crew member to be carried on a flight for the purpose of performing
duties assigned by the operator or the commander, in the interest of the
safety of passengers, but who is not a flight crew member.
Captain
Former terminology for Pilot in Command (PIC).
Cargo
In relation to commercial air transportation, any property, including animals
and mail, carried by an aeroplane other than stores and accompanied
baggage.
Circling
The visual phase of an instrument approach to bring an aeroplane into
position for landing on a runway which is not suitably located for a straight-in
approach.
Commander
The commander is designated by the company to be the authority for each
flight or series of flights.
Commercial air transport operation
An aeroplane operation involving the transport of passengers, cargo or mail
for remuneration or hire.
Contaminated runway
A runway is considered to be contaminated when more than 25% of the
runway surface area (whether in isolated areas or not) within the required
length and width being used is covered by the following:
Surface water more than 3 mm (0.125 in) deep, or by slush, or loose snow,
equivalent to more than 3 mm (0.125 in) of water;
Snow which has been compressed into a solid mass which resists further
compression and will hold together or break into lumps if picked up
(compacted snow);
Ice, including wet ice.
Co-pilot
Former terminology for First-officer.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
CHAPTER 8
Page:
5
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Crew member
A person assigned by an operator to duty on the aeroplane during flight time.
Dangerous goods
Articles or substances which are capable of posing a significant risk to
health, safety or property when transported by air and which are classified
according to JAR-OPS.
Dangerous goods transport document
A document which is specified by the Technical Instructions. It is completed
by the person who offers dangerous goods for air transport and contains
information about those dangerous goods. The document bears a signed
declaration indicating that the dangerous goods are fully and accurately
described by their proper shipping names and UN numbers (if assigned) and
that they are correctly classified, packed, marked, labelled and in a proper
condition for transport.
Dry runway
A dry runway is one which is neither wet nor contaminated, and includes
those paved runways which have been specially prepared with grooves or
porous pavement and maintained to retain 'effectively dry' braking action
even when moisture is present.
Estimated off-block time
The estimated time at which the aeroplane will commence movement
associated with departure.
Exemption
A formal authorisation issued by the Authority providing relief from part or all
of the provisions of a JAR, or JARS. The authorisation may or may not be
conditional.
Final reserve fuel
An amount of fuel, required to fly for 30 minutes at holding speed and at
1500 ft. MSL/ISA conditions, calculated with regard to the expected landing
mass at the alternate aerodrome (or at destination - if no alternate is
required).
First Officer
The title for a qualified flight crew member, not being the pilot in command.
Freight container
A freight container is an article of transport equipment for radioactive
materials, designed to facilitate the transport of such materials, either
packaged or unpacked, by one or more modes of transport.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
NOTE:
CHAPTER 8
Page:
6
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
see Unit Load Device where the dangerous goods are not
radioactive materials.
Handling agent
An agency which performs on behalf of the operator some or all of the
latters functions including receiving, loading, unloading, transferring or other
processing of passengers or cargo.
Instrument flight time
Time during which a pilot is piloting an aeroplane solely by reference to
instruments and without external reference points.
Instrument time
Instrument flight time or instrument ground time.
JAA (Joint Aviation Authorities). Current JAA member states are:
Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece,
Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Malta, Monaco, The Netherlands,
Norway, Poland, Portugal, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, The
United Kingdom.
Landing distance available (LDA)
The length of the runway which is declared available by the appropriate
Authority and suitable for the ground run of an aeroplane landing
Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL)
A list established for a particular aeroplane type by the manufacturer with the
approval of the State of Manufacture containing items, one or more of which
is permitted to be unserviceable at the commencement of a flight. The
MMEL may be associated with special operating conditions, limitations or
procedures.
Maximum certified take-off mass
The maximum total weight of the aeroplane and its contents, at which the
aeroplane may take-off anywhere in the world, in the most favourable
circumstances, in accordance with the certificate of airworthiness in force in
respect of the aeroplane.
Minimum Equipment List (MEL)
A list which provides for the operation of the aeroplane, subject to specified
conditions, with particular equipment inoperative, prepared by the operator in
conformity with, or more restrictive than, the MMEL established for the
aeroplane type.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
CHAPTER 8
Page:
7
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
M-System (MS)
Management System reflects the Quality Manual and Quality System
Night
The hours between the end of evening civil twilight and the beginning of
morning civil twilight or such other period between sunset and sunrise, as
may be specified by the State Authority.
Operational Control
The exercise of authority over the initiation, continuation, diversion or
termination of a flight in the interest of the safety of the flight.
Operator
A person, organisation or enterprise engaged, or intending to engage in an
aeroplane operation.
Over pack
An enclosure used by a single shipper to contain one or more packages and
to form one handling unit for convenience of handling and stowage.
NOTE:
a Unit Load Device is not included in this definition.
Package
The complete product of the packing operation consisting of the packaging
and its contents prepared for transport.
Packaging
Receptacles and any other components or materials necessary for the
receptacle to perform its containment function and to ensure compliance with
the packing requirements.
Passenger
A person other than a crew member travelling, or about to travel on an
aeroplane.
Pilot-in-Command
A pilot who for the time being is in charge of piloting the aeroplane, without
being under the direction of any other pilot in the aeroplane.
Precision Approach
An instrument approach using Instrument Landing System, Microwave
Landing System or Precision Approach Radar for guidance in both azimuth
and elevation.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
CHAPTER 8
Page:
8
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Pre-flight Inspection
This means the inspection carried out before flight to ensure that the
aeroplane is fit for the intended flight. It does not include defect rectification.
Proper shipping name
The name to be used to describe a particular article or substance in all
shipping documents and notifications and, where appropriate, on packaging.
Purser
The purser is the designated senior cabin crew member, who shall have
responsibility to the commander for the conduct and co-ordination of cabin
safety and emergency procedure(s) specified in the Ground Operations
Manual.
Quality Assurance
All those planned and systematic actions necessary to provide adequate
confidence that operations are conducted in accordance with all applicable
requirements, procedures and instructions.
Quality Audit
A systematic and independent examination to determine whether quality
activities and related results comply with planned arrangements and whether
these arrangements are implemented effectively and are suitable to achieve
objectives.
Quality Inspection
An inspection is the act of observing a particular event or action to ensure
that correct procedures and requirements are followed during the
accomplishment of that event.
Quality System
The organisational structure, responsibilities, procedures and resources for
implementing quality management.
State of Origin
The Authority in whose territory the dangerous goods were first loaded onto
the aeroplane.
State of Registry
The State on whose register the aeroplane is entered.
State of the Operator
The State in which the Operator has his principal place of business.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
CHAPTER 8
Page:
9
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Take-off distance available (TODA)

The length of the take-off run available plus the length of the clearway
available.
Take-off weight
The take-off weight of the aeroplane shall be taken to be its mass, including
everything and everyone carried at the commencement of the take-off run.
Take-off run available (TORA)
The length of runway which is declared available by the appropriate
Authority and suitable for the ground run of an aeroplane taking off.
Technical Instructions
The latest effective edition of the Technical Instructions for the Safe
Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air (Doc 9284-AN/905), including the
Supplement and any Addendum, approved and published by decision of the
Council of the International Civil Aviation Organisation.
UN Number
The four-digit number assigned by the United Nations Committee of Experts
on the Transport of Dangerous Goods to identify a substance or a particular
group of substances.
Unit Load Device
Any type of aeroplane container, aeroplane pallet with a net, or aeroplane
pallet with a net over an igloo.
NOTE:
An over pack is not included in this definition; for a container

containing radioactive materials see the definition for freight
container.
Visual approach
An approach when either part or all of an instrument approach procedure is
not completed and the approach is executed with visual reference to the
terrain.
Weight
Weight and mass are considered to be equivalent in this manual.
Wet runway
A runway is considered wet when the runway surface is covered with water,
or equivalent, less than specified as 'contaminated runway' or when there is
sufficient moisture on the runway surface to cause it to appear reflective, but
without significant areas of standing water.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
8.2
CHAPTER 8
Page:
10
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Definitions
International air transport organizations and regulations
Introduction:
The conditions of international transportation by air are regulated by different
international organization and agreements.
The most important ones related to passenger and baggage handlings are
described in this topic.
Warsaw Convention
The Warsaw convention signed in 1929 was the first treaty that determined
the rules of the international air transport with respect to the documents used
and liability of the airlines.
The Warsaw convention makes it possible for a passenger to travel by air
around the globe on the service of several carriers with one single ticket.
Hague Protocol
The Hague protocol signed in 1955 is the first modification to the Warsaw
convention. The Warsaw convention and The Hague protocol still constitute
the common legal frame for the international civil aviation.
Tokyo Convention
The Tokyo convention signed in 1963 provides the legal frame for the
commander to take appropriate actions against unruly passengers on the
aircraft.
Guatemala Protocol
The Guatemala protocol signed in 1971 but still not ratified provides for the
simplification of the passenger ticket and baggage check.
Joint Aviation Authorities (JAA)
The Joint Aviation Authorities (JAA) are an associated body of the European
Civil Aviation Conference (ECAC) representing the civil aviation regulatory
authorities of a number of European states who agreed to cooperate in
developing and implementing common safety regulatory standards and
procedures. The JAA issue the Joint Aviation Requirements important in
commercial air transportation (JAR-OPS)
International Civil Aviation Organization
The International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) is United Nations
international agency of governments, which creates world standards and
recommendations for the regulation of civil aviation.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
CHAPTER 8
Page:
11
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
International Air Transport Association

The International Air Transport Association (IATA) is non-governmental
organization founded in 1945. It is the world trade organization for scheduled
airlines.
Operational task
To ensure that the aircraft used to carry the worlds passengers and goods
are able to proceed with maximum and efficiency under clearly defined and
universally understood regulations.
Commercial objective
To ensure that people, cargo and mail can move anywhere on this vast
global network as easily as though they were on a single airline within a
singe country.
The phonetic alphabet is used for communication between Air Traffic Control
and Aircraft as well as all verbal transmission for correct spelling of words.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
8.3
Phonetic Alphabet
LETTER
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
SPELLING
ALPHA
BRAVO
CHARLIE
DELTA
ECHO
FOXTROT
GOLF
HOTEL
INDIA
JULIET
KILO
LIMA
MIKE
NOVEMBER
OSCAR
PAPA
QUEBEC
ROMEO
SIERRA
TANGO
UNIFORM
VICTOR
WHISKEY
X-RAY
YANKEE
ZULU
CHAPTER 8
Page:
12
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
8.4
International Organizations
Germany
Belgium
France
Portugal
Switzerland
Turkey
Netherlands
Italy
Spain
Romania
8.5
CHAPTER 8
Page:
13
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
LBA
BCAA
DGAC
INAC
BAZL
DGCA
DCA
ENAC
DGAC
AACR
Luftfahrt Bundesamt
Belgian Civil Aviation Authority
Direction General de Lavation Civil
Institut National Aviation Civil
Federal Office For Civil Aviation
Director General Civil Aviation
Department Of Civil Aviation
Institute National Aviation Civil
Direction General Aviation Civil
Aeronotica Civillia
Standard Ground Handling Agreement

All ground handling agreements are based on IATA Standard Ground
Handling Agreement.
A Standard Ground Handling Agreement consists of three parts.
Main Agreement
Date of effectiveness
Termination period
Liability and Indemnity
Accounting and Transfer
Standard of work
Annex A
For ease of reference, the Sub-divisions of Annex A are known as Sections
and Sub-Sections.
This part of the agreement lists and describes all possible ground handling
activities.
The terms and wordings used have been accepted by IATA and its Member
airlines.
This document has the great advantage that there will be no
misunderstandings between the airlines using this document as to which
services and facilities are included in the Agreement.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
CHAPTER 8
Page:
14
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
This part of the agreement lists and describes ground handling activities
Annex (s) B
This part of the agreement consists
Effectiveness
Handling charges
Additional charges
Disbursements
Limit of liability
Area of responsibility
Transfer of services
Settlement
Supervision and administration
Legal / JAR-OPS Compliance
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
8.6
CHAPTER 8
Page:
15
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Delay Codes
DELAY CODE LIST
0-5
06
OA
11
12
13
14
15
PD
PL
PE
PO
PH
These codes are left blank so that each airline may develop
codes specifically to meet their own individual requirements
e.g. 03 three class system moving curtain
No gates / Stand availability due to own airline activity
Late check-in, acceptance after dead line
Late check-in congestion in check-in area
Check-in error passengers and baggage
Over sales, booking errors
Boarding, discrepancies and paging missing checked-in
passenger
Commercial publicity, passenger convenience, VIP, press
Catering order, late or incorrect order given to supplier
Baggage processing, sorting etc.
16
PS
17
PC
18
PB
CARGO & MAIL
21
CD
Documentation errors etc
22
CP
Late positioning
23
CC
Late acceptance
24
CI
Inadequate packing
25
CO
Over sales, booking errors.
26
CU
Late preparation in warehouse.
27
CE
Documentation, packing of mail
28
CL
Late positioning of mail
29
CA
Late acceptance of mail
AIRCRAFT & RAMP HANDLING
31
GD Aircraft documentation late / inaccurate, Weight and
balance, general declaration passenger manifest etc.
32
GL
Loading / Unloading, bulky, special load, cabin load, lack of
loading staff
33
GE
Loading equipment; lack of or break down e.g. container
pallet loader lack of staff
34
GS
Servicing equipment; lack of or break down, lack of staff e.g.
steps
35
GC Aircraft cleaning
36
GF
Fuelling / De-fuelling, fuel supplier
37
GB
Catering, late delivery or loading.
38
GU
ULD, lack of serviceability
39
GT
Technical equipment lack of or break down lack of staff e.g.
Pushback
TECHNICAL & AIRCRAFT EQUIPMENT
41
TD
Aircraft defects
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
42
43
TM
TN
CHAPTER 8
Page:
16
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Scheduled maintenance, late release.

Non-scheduled maintenance special check and/or additional
works beyond normal maintenance schedule
44
TS
Spare and maintenance equipment lack of or break down
45
TA
AOG spares to be carried to another station
46
TC
Aircraft change for technical reasons.
47
TL
Standby aircraft lack of planned standby aircraft for technical
reasons
48
TV
Scheduled cabin configuration / version adjustment
DAMAGE TO AIRCRAFT
51
DF
Damage during flight operations bird or lighting strike
turbulence heavy or overweight landing collision during
taxiing
52
DG Damage during ground operations, collisions, loading/offloading damage, contamination, towing, extreme weather
conditions
EDP / AUTOMATED EQUIPMENT FAILURE
55
ED
Departure control
56
EC
Cargo preparation / documentation
57
EF
Flight plans
FLIGHT OPERATIONS AND CREWING
61
FP
Flight plan, late completion or change of flight
documentation
62
FF
Operational requirements, fuel and load alteration
63
FT
Late crew boarding or departure procedures other than
connection and standby flight deck or entire crew
64
FS
Flight deck crew shortage, sickness, waiting standby, flight
time limitations, crew meals, valid visa, health documents,
etc
65
FR
Flight deck crew special request not within operational
requirements
66
FL
Late cabin crew boarding or departure procedures other
than connection and standby
67
FC
Cabin crew shortage, sickness, awaiting standby. Flight time
limitations crew meals , valid visa , health documents , etc
68
FA
Cabin crew error or special request not within operational
requirements
69
FB
Captain request for security check extraordinary
WEATHER
71
WO Departure station
72
WT Destination station
73
WR En-route or alternative
75
WI
De-icing of aircraft
76
WS Removal of snow, ice, water and sand from the aircraft
77
WG Ground handling impaired by adverse weather conditions
AIR TRAFFIC FLOW MANAGEMENT RESTRICTIONS
81
AT
ATFM due to ATC en-route demand/capacity standard and
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
CHAPTER 8
Page:
17
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
problems
82
AX
ATFM due to ATC staff/equipment en-route reduced
capacity caused by industrial action or staff shortage or
equipment failure extraordinary demand due to capacity
reduction in neigh boring area
83
AE
ATFM due to restriction at destination airport and/or runway
closed due to obstruction industrial action, staff shortage,
political unrest, noise abatement night curfew and special
flights
84
AW ATFM due to weather at destination
AIRPORT & GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES
85
AS
Mandatory security
86
AG
Immigrations, customs, health
87
AF
Airport facilities, parking stands, ramp congestions, lightning,
buildings, gate limitations etc.
88
AD
Restrictions at destination airport and/or runway closed due
to obstructions industrial actions staff shortage political
unrest noise abatement, night curfew and special flights
89
AM
Restrictions at airport of departure with or without ATFM
restrictions including air traffic services start up and
pushback airport and/or runway closed due to obstruction or
weather (out of code 71 WO), industrial actions, staff
shortage political unrest noise abatement night curfew
special flights.
REACTIONARY
91
RL
Load connection awaiting load from another flight
92
RT
Through check-in error passenger and baggage
93
RA
Aircraft rotation, late arrival of aircraft from another flight or
previous sector.
94
RS
Cabin crew rotation awaiting cabin crew from another flight
95
RC
Crew rotation awaiting crew from another flight (flight deck
or entire crew)
96
RO
Operations control, rerouting, diversion, consolidation or
aircraft change for reasons other than technical.
MISCELLANEOUS
97
MI
Industrial actions with own airline
98
MO Industrial action out of own airline excluding ATS
99
MX If the reason of the delay cannot be matched in the list
above
Besides the delay mentioned as a code numeric or alphabetic an
explanation maybe given in plain words either as a separate telex to
HAMHH4R or in SI element in departure message
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
8.7
CHAPTER 8
Page:
18
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Operational Messages
Aircraft Movement Messages (MVT)
The purpose is to monitor the operation punctuality of Hamburg
International. They are also tools for coordinating aircraft and crew rotations.
A departure message has to be sent for every flight and to be dispatched
immediately after take-off.
8.7.1
Movement Messages
Arrival Messages/Possible delay Message (Delay Warning-use delay code)
Next Info. Message/Departure, Messages/LDM-Load Message.
DEPARTURE
MVT
HHI./..DAHI.
AD./EA.
PX
SI
DEPARTURE
(DELAYED)
MVT
HHI./..DAHI.
AD./...EA.
DL
PX
SI
8.7.2
EXPLANATION
MVT MOVEMENT
HHI
flight number/date. Aircraft registration.
Departure airport
AD off block/airborne EA eta destination airport
PX number of passenger
SI
RMOB return meal on board
EXPLANATION
MVT MOVEMENT
HHI
Departure airport
AD off block/airborne EA eta destination airport
DL delay code/delay time in hours and minutes
PX number of passenger
SI RMOB return meal on board
LDM (Load Distribution Message)

Dispatch of LDM Message:
Applicable for every multi-sector flight, long-range flight. The LDM must be
transmitted to the next destination to enable the transit station to know in
advance the load which continues on the same aircraft and which load must
be transferred to other Hamburg International aircraft. The LDM must be
dispatched as soon as possible and could be combined with MVT Departure
Message for medium-range or long-range flights.
For short-range flights the LDM must be transmitted immediately after loading
is finished and the aircraft is ready to depart. Latest the LDM shall be
transmitted at airborne time.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
LDM
Addresses
Signature
Text
CHAPTER 8
Page:
19
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Priority indicator QK
Next en-route station only, Operations Control Centre
(HAMHH4R)
Message Originator, date / time group
Message Identifier LDM,
Flight Number, scheduled UTC date of departure out of its originating

station, oblique followed by numeric which are included of the flight number,
aircraft registration preceded by a full stop, Version of aircraft preceded and
full stop, Number of crew.
One digit for cockpit crew, oblique, one digit for cabin crew.
Destination. Airport of disembarkation of passengers and / or unloading of
dead load. Use new line, preceded by hyphen.
NIL, if there is no traffic load to this destination. NIL is printed and preceded
by a full stop. Number of passengers, per weight category.
Adults/Children/Infants, preceded by a full stop.
Note:
If there is dead load to this destination but no passengers, zeros
must be filled in. Total dead load. 1-5 digits, receded by a full stop and letter
T. Load in compartments and/
or
positions of unitized load. 1-2 digit compartment/unitized load designator,
oblique, 1-5 digits weight of dead load, preceded by a full stop. This element
repeated for each compartment containing dead load for this destination.
Seat occupying passengers per class including PADs. Element identifier
PAX, preceded by a full stop and followed by an oblique and class
information. The class information is composed of 1-3 numeric for the
number of seat occupying passengers. Class information is repeated for
each class and this is separated by an oblique. The sequence of the classes
is shown in descending order of priority.
PAD, seats occupied by outgoing PADs per class including LMC. Element
Identifier PAD preceded by a full stop, followed by an oblique and class
information. Class information is repeated for each class and this is
separated by an oblique. The sequence of the classes is shown in
descending order of priority. All PADs are included in PAX distribution.
Supplementary Information Identifier SI, (free text) if needed
Examples:
Single Destination:
OK PMIKQIB PMIGMXH CPYXXXX HAMHH4R
.HAJAPXH 042205
LDM
HHI457/04.DAHIA.73G.2/3
-PMI.53/05/00. T978.1/200 4/778.PAX/0/58.PAD/0/0.B/65/978.C/0/0
SI NIL
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
CHAPTER 8
Page:
20
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Transit Destination
OK PMIKQIB PMIGMXH CPYXXXX HAMHH4R
.HAJAPXH 042205
LDM
HHI457/04.DAHIA.73G.2/3
-PMI.53/05/00. T978. 1/0.4/978.PAX/0/58.PAD/0/0.B65/978.C/0/0
-IBZ.25/03/02.T425.1/425.4/0.PAX/0/28.PAD/0/1B/29/425C/0/0.COM/12
SI NIL
ARRIVAL
MVT
HHI./..DAHI
AA./.
EXPLANATION
MVT MOVEMENT
HHI
Arrival airport
AA
touchdown/on block time
DIVERSION MESSAGE EXPLANATION
DIV
DIV DIVERSION
HHI./..DAHI.
HHI flight number/date. Aircraft registration.
EA.
Departure airport
DR
EA estimated time of arrival diversion airport
SI
DR diversion reason
SI
supplementary information
EXPLANATION
RETURN TO RAMP
MVT MOVEMENT
MVT
HHI/.. DAHI.
Departure airport
AD
RR
SI.
AD off block
RR time returned to block
SI
RETURN TO AIRBORN EXPLANATION
MVT
MVT
MOVEMENT
HHI/.. DAHI.
HHI
flight number/date. aircraft registration
FR./.
arrival airport
SI
FR
flight returned touchdown/on block time
SI
REQUEST MOVEMENT EXPLANATION
RQM request movement message
INFORMATION
RQM
HHI
flight number/date actual arr or actual dep
HHI/.. AA-AD-DL
or delay
SI
SI
SEAT
OCCUPIED EXPLANATION
SOM
seat occupied message
MESSAGE
SOM
HHI
flight number/date departure airport
HHI/..
-MUC arrival airport seat numbers
-BJV.01AB
-CGN arrival airport seat numbers
-AYT.
SI supplementary information
SI
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
SPECIAL
SEAT
REQUEST
SSR
HHI/.. LBC/CDG
01AB
JUST
MARRIED
01F
CIP
PASSENGER SERVICE
MESSAGE
PSM
HHI/.. DAHI.
MUELLER
02B
WCHC
SCHMIDT
03D
UM
8.7.3
CHAPTER 8
Page:
21
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
EXPLANATION
SSR special seat request
HHI flight number/date departure airport/arrival
airport
01AB request seat number
information
01F
request seat number
information
EXPLANATION
PSM passenger service message
HHI
flight number/date registration departure
airport
Name of passenger
seat number
handling
service code
Name of passenger
seat number
handling
service code
Delay Messages
A delay message must be sent whenever:
The scheduled departure time at stations is exceeded or likely to be
exceeded by 3 minutes or more.
The delay message must state the estimated time of departure (ED), the
delay code(s) (DL) and the reason for the delay in plain language under SI
(Supplementary Information). If the estimated time of departure, advised in
the delay message, is likely to be exceeded, a further delay message must
be sent quoting a revised estimated time of departure. However, this
message must be dispatched before the time advised in the previous
message. Whenever a delay of unknown duration arises, the time when
further information will be given, has to be stated behind the code NI (time of
next information). Any subsequent delay messages originated by the same
station for the same flight must be numbered, using the following prefixes in
the column SI: 2nd delay message-SI. DEL TWO, 3rd delay message-SI. DEL
THREE etc.
DELAY-ETD
MVT
HHI/.. DAHI.
ED
DL..
SI.
DELAY-NEXT
INFORMATION
MVT
HHI/.. DAHI.
NI
DL..
EXPLANATION
MVT MOVEMENT
Departure airport
ED
estimated time of departure
DL
delay code
SI
EXPLANATION
MVT MOVEMENT
HHI
Departure airport
NI
next information
DL
delay code
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
CHAPTER 8
Page:
22
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
CHAPTER 8
Page:
23
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
8.8 Abbreviations
AL
ACAs
ACAS
ACC
ACN
ADI
ADF
AFM
AFTN
AFIS
AGL
AHL
AIC
AIM
AIP
AIS
AM
AMSL
AOC
AOC
AOM
APP
APU
ARO
AS
ASD
ASDA
ATA
ATC
ATD
ATIC
ATIS
ATL
ATO
ATPL
ATS
Above Aerodrome Level

Aeroplane Communications Addressing and Reporting System
Airborne Collision Avoidance System
Area Control Centre
Aircraft Classification Number
Attitude Director Indicator
Automatic Direction Finder
Aeroplane Flight Manual
Aeronautical Fixed Telecommunication Network
Aerodrome Flight Information Service
Above Ground Level
Advice if Holding (missing baggage)
Aeronautical Information Circular
Aeronautical Information Manual
Aeronautical Information Publication
Aeronautical Information Service
Accountable Manager
Above Mean Sea Level
Air Operator Certificate
Airline Operators Committee
Aeroplane Operating Manual
Approach Control Office
Auxiliary Power Unit
Air traffic services Reporting Office
Airport Services
Accelerate Stop Distance
Accelerate Stop Distance Available
Actual Time of Arrival
Air Traffic Control
Actual Time of Departure
Air Traffic Incident Commission
Automatic Terminal Information Service
Aeroplane Technical Log
Actual Time Overhead
Airline Transport Pilot Licence
Air Traffic Service
BBML
BBS
Baby Meal
Board Book Sheet
CAA
C/A
CAM
CAO
Civil Aviation Authorities

Cabin Attendant
Cabin Attendant Manual
Cargo Aircraft Only
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
CHAPTER 8
Page:
24
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
CAT
CAT II/III
CAVOK
CB
CBT
CCC
CDL
CEC
CF
CFIT
CFP
CG
CI
CIP
CP
CL
CPL
CCR
CRM
CTOT
Clear Air Turbulence

Category II/III, All Weather Operations
Ceiling and Visibility OK
Cumulonimbus
Computer Based Training
Crew Co-ordination Concept
Configuration Deviation List
Cabin Emergency Checklist
Contingency Fuel
Controlled Flight Into Terrain
Computerised Flight Plan
Centre of Gravity
Chief Instructor
Commercial Important Person
Chief pilot
Runway Centreline Lights
Commercial Pilot Licence
Cockpit Crew Report
Crew Resource Management
Calculated Take-Off Time
DA
DA/H
DBML
DCS
DDL
DEPA
DEPU
DGR
DH
DME
DOI
DOM
DTGO
Decision Altitude
Decision Altitude/Height
Diabetic Meal
Departure Control System
Dispatch Deviation List
Accompanied Deportee
Unaccompanied Deportee
Dangerous Goods Regulations
Decision Height
Distance Measuring Equipment
Dry Operating Index
Dry Operating Mass
Distance To GO
EAD I
EALT
EAT
ECAC
EDP
EFATO
EFIS
EHSI
EICAS
EMI
ERG
ETA
Electronic Attitude Director Indicator

En-route Alternate
Expected Approach Time
European Civil Aviation Conference
Electronic Data Processing
Engine Failure After Take-Off
Electronic Flight Instrument System
Electronic Horizontal Situation Indicator
Engine Indication and Crew Alerting System
Electro Magnetic Interference
Emergency Response Guide
Estimated Time of Arrival
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
CHAPTER 8
Page:
25
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
ETD
ETOPS
Estimated Time of Departure

Extended Range Operations with Two-Engine Aeroplanes
FAA
FBS
FCL
FCTM
FDP
FDR
FFAS
Final Res
FIC
FIS
FL
FMC
FMS
FOI
FOM
FOO
FPM
FSU
FT/ft
Federal Aviation Administration

Fixed Base Simulator
Flight Crew Licensing
Flight Crew Training Manual (Part D JAR-OPS AOM)
Flight Duty Period
Flight Duty Regulations
Full Flight Simulator
Final Reserve
Flight Information Centre
Flight Information Service
Flight level
Flight Management Computer
Flight Management System
Form Of Indemnity
Flight Operations Manager
Flight Operations Officer
Feet Per Minute
Flight Support Unit
Feet
G
Gen Dec
GHS
GM
GND
GOM
GOM
GPU
GPWS
G/S
GS
Gusts
General Declaration
Ground Handling Supervisor
General Manager
Ground
Ground Operations Manager
Ground Operations Manual
Ground Power Unit
Ground Proximity Warning System
Glide Slope
Ground Speed
HAA
HAT
HF
HIL
HSI
Height Above Airport

Height Above Touchdown
High Frequency (3-30 MHz)
Hold Item List
Horizontal Situation Indicator
IAL
IAS
IATA
ICAO
ICE
ID
Instrument Approach and Landing Chart

Indicated Air Speed
International Civil Aviation Organisation
Dry Ice
Identity (number)
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
IFR
ILS
IMC
in
INAD
ISA
ISO
IT
CHAPTER 8
Page:
26
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Instrument Flight Rules

Instrument Landing System
Instrument Meteorological Conditions
lnch (es)
Inadmissible
International Standard Atmosphere
International Standards Organisation
Inclusive Tours
JAA
Joint Aviation Authorities
JAR
Joint Aviation Requirements/Regulations
JAR-OPS 1 Joint Aviation Requirements for Commercial Air Transportation
KIAS
Kg(s)
Km
KMH
KTS/kts
kPA
Knots Indicated Air Speed

Kilogram(s)
Kilometres
Kilometres per Hour
Knots
Kilopascal
LAR
lb(s)
LCN
LDA
LDM
LLZ
LMC
LOFT
LSI
LT
LTC
LVP
LVTO
Live Animal Regulations

pound(s)
Load Classification Number
Landing Distance Available
Load Message
Localizer
Last Minute Changes
Line Oriented Flight Training
Load Information Message
Local Time
Line Training Captain
Low Visibility Procedures
Low Visibility Take-Off
m
MAAS
MAC
MAG
MAP
MAX/max
MCC
MDA/H
MDH
MEA
MEDA
MEL
MET
Metric, metres
Meat and Assist
Mean Aerodynamic Chord
Magnetic
Missed Approach-Point
Maximum
Multi Crew Coordination
Minimum Descent Altitude/ Height
Minimum Descent Height
Minimum En-route IFR Altitude
Medical Case
Minimum Equipment List
Meteorological
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
CHAPTER 8
Page:
27
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
METAR
MHz
MI
MIN/min.
MLM
MLS
MM
MME
MMEL
MNPS
MOCA
MOE
MORA
MRVA
MSA
MSL
MTOM
MVT
MZFM
Aviation Routine Weather Report

Megahertz
Medium Intensity (lights)
Minimum
Maximum Landing Mass (Structural Limit)
Microwave Landing System
Maintenance Manager
Maintenance Management Exposition
Master Minimum Equipment List
Minimum Navigation Performance Specification
Minimum Obstruction Clearance Altitude
Maintenance Organisation Exposition
Minimum Off-Route Altitude
Minimum Radar Vectoring Altitude
Minimum Sector Altitude
Mean Sea Level
Maximum Take-off Mass
Movement Message
Maximum Zero Fuel Mass
NAV
NAVIAID
NDB
NFP
NIL
NM
NOTAM
NOTOC
NSC
NSW
Navigation
Navigation Aid
Non Directional Beacon/Radio beacon
Net Flight Path
No Items Listed (Nothing)
Nautical Miles
Notice to Airmen
Notification TO Captain
No Significant Clouds
No Significant Weather
OAT
OCA
OCC
OCH
OCL
ODS
OFP
OHD
OM
OPC
OPS
OTS
OVC
Outside Air Temperature

Obstacle Clearance Altitude
Operations Control Centre
Obstacle Clearance Height
Obstacle Clearance Limit
Operation Data Sheet
Operational Flight Plan
On Hand Baggage
Operations Manual
Operator Proficiency Check
Operations
Organised Track System
Overcast
PACO
Pantry - cabin code
PANS/RAC Procedures for Air Navigation Services - Rules of the Air
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
CHAPTER 8
Page:
28
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
PANS/OPS
PAP
PAR
PAX
PBE
PCN
PET
PETC
PF
PlC
PIR
PL
PNF
PNL
PNR
POH
PPS
PRM
PSM
Pt
Procedures for Air Navigation Services - Aeroplane Operations

Passenger
Precision Approach Radar
Passengers
Crew Protective Breathing Equipment
Pavement Classification Number
Point of Equal Time
Pet in Cabin
Pilot Flying
Pilot in Command
Property Irregularity Report
Payload
Pilot Non Flying
Passenger Name List
Point of No Return
Pilots Operating Handbook
Pre-Flight Planning System
Person with Reduced Mobility
Passenger Service Message
Pint
QA
QDM
QFE
pressure)
QNH
QRH
Quality Assurance
Magnetic Heading (Zero Wind)
Height Above Airport Elevation (Based on local station
RA
RAC
RCL
RCLM
REG
REIL
RL
RMD
RNAV
RNP
ROM
RPL
RPM
RRW
RRY
RTOW/M
RVR
RWY
Radio Altimeter
Air Traffic Routes and Services
Restricted Cryogenic Liquid
Runway Centre Line Marking
Registration
Runway End Identification Light
Runway edge Lighting
Miscellaneous Dangerous Goods
Area Navigation
Required Navigation Performance
Route Manual (Part C JAR-OPS AOM)
Repetitive Flight Plan
Rotation Per Minute
Radioactive Material
Radioactive Material of Category ll and Ill
Regulated Take-off Weight (Mass)
Runway Visual Range
Runway
Altitude Above Sea Level (Based on local station pressure)

Quick Reference Handbook
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
CHAPTER 8
Page:
29
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
SAR
SAT
SCD
SCT
SELCAL
SEP
SID
SIGMET
SITA
SKC
SNOWTAM
SOM
SOP
SPECI
SPML
SRA
SRW
SSR
STA
STAR
STD
STD
STPD
Search And Rescue

Static Air Temperature
Subject to Captains Discretion
Scattered
Selective Call System
Safety Equipment and Procedures manual
Standard Instrument Departure
Significant Meteorological Report
Societee lnternationale de Telecommunications Aeronautiques
Sky Clear
Snow Notice To Airmen
Seat Occupied Message
Standard Operating Procedures
Special Report Amending a METAR
Special Meal
Surveillance Radar Approach
Short Runway
Secondary Surveillance Radar
Schedule Time of Arrival
Standard Terminal Arrival Route
Standard
Schedule Time of Departure
Standard Temperature Pressure Day
TA
TAF
TAS
TCAS
TCU
TL
TM
TMA
T/O
TOC
TOD
TODA
TOR
TORA
TOW/M
TRC
TRE
TRI
TWR
Traffic Advisory
Terminal/Aerodrome Forecast
True Air Speed
Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System
Towering Cumulus
Transition Level
Training Manager
Terminal Manoeuvring Area
Take-off
Top of Climb
Top of Descent
Take-off Distance Available
Take-off Run
Take-off Run Available
Take-Off Weight/Mass
Type Rating Course
Type Rating Examiner
Type Rating Instructor
Tower (Aerodrome Control)
ULD
UN
US
Unit Load Device

Four-digit number for identification of dangerous goods
Unserviceable
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EXPLANATIONS AND
DEFINITIONS
U/S
U/T
UTC
Under Supervision
Under Training
Universal Time Calculator
VFR
VGML
VHF
VIP
VIS
VMC
VMO
VOR
Visual Flight Rules

Vegetarian Meal
Very High Frequency (30-300 MHz)
Very Important Person
Visibility
Visual Meteorological Conditions
Max. Operating Speed
VHF Omni directional Range
W(M)AT
WHO
WX
Weight (Mass) And Temperature

World Health Organisation
Weather
ZFM
ZFW
Zero Fuel Mass

Zero Fuel Weight
CHAPTER 8
Page:
30
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Dangerous Goods and Weapons

9.1 Introduction / General.......................................................................................
9.2 Allgemeines zu Gefahrgut ............................................................................. 3
9.2.1
Definition von Gefahrgut ....................................................................... 3
9.2.2
Allgemeine Philosophie......................................................................... 3
9.2.3
Grundlage dieser Vorschriften............................................................... 3
9.2.4
Organisation.......................................................................................... 4
9.2.5
Geltungsbereich der IATA DGR ............................................................ 4
9.2.6
Verantwortlichkeit.................................................................................. 4
9.3 Begrenzungen............................................................................................... 4
9.3.1
Verbotene Gefahrgter ......................................................................... 4
9.3.2
Versteckte Gefahrgter ......................................................................... 5
9.3.3
Gefahrgut,das durch Passagiere oder Besatzungsmitglieder mitgefhrt
wird ....................................................................................................... 5
9.3.4
Verbotene Gter.................................................................................... 5
9.3.5
Genehmigungspflichtiges Gepck......................................................... 6
9.3.6
Genehmigungspfichtiges Handgepck.................................................. 6
9.3.7
Luftpost ................................................................................................. 6
9.3.8
Bordausrstung / Flugzeugersatzteile................................................... 6
9.3.9
Ausnahmegenehmigungen fr den Lufttransport verbotener
Gefahrgter ........................................................................................... 7
9.3.10
Gefahrgut in freigestellten Mengen ....................................................... 8
9.3.11
Gefahrgut in begrenzten Mengen.......................................................... 9
9.3.12
Abweichungen der Staaten und Luftfahrtgesellschaften ....................... 9
9.4 Klassifizierung ............................................................................................. 10
9.4.1
Grundlagen der Klassifizierung ........................................................... 10
9.4.2
Neun Gefahrenklassen ....................................................................... 10
9.5 Identifizierung.............................................................................................. 11
9.5.1
Gefahrgutliste...................................................................................... 11
9.5.2
Numerische Querverweisliste.............................................................. 13
9.6 Verpackungen ............................................................................................. 14
9.6.1
Anforderungen an den Versender ....................................................... 14
9.6.2
Allgemeine Verpackungsanforderungen/ Transportbeanspruchungen im
Luftverkehr .......................................................................................... 14
9.6.3
Verpackungsgruppen .......................................................................... 14
9.6.4
Methoden zum Verpacken von Gefahrgut........................................... 15
9.6.5
Art der Verpackung ............................................................................. 15
9.7 Markierung und Kennzeichnung.................................................................. 16
9.7.1
Kennzeichnungen ............................................................................... 16
9.7.2
Markierungen ...................................................................................... 20
9.7.3
Vorgeschriebene Markierungen und Beschriftungen einer
Umverpackung .................................................................................... 20
9.8 Annahme, Abfertigung und Verladung ........................................................ 21
9.8.1
Allgemeines......................................................................................... 21
9.8.2
Annahme............................................................................................. 21
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
9.8.3
Lagerung ............................................................................................. 22
9.8.4
Verladung............................................................................................ 22
9.8.5
Trennung von Gefahrgtern ................................................................ 22
9.8.6
Verladung von flssigen Gefahrgtern................................................ 23
9.8.7
Allgemeine Anforderungen.................................................................. 24
9.8.8
Radioaktive Stoffe ............................................................................... 24
9.8.9
Magnetisches Material ........................................................................ 24
9.8.10
Trockeneis........................................................................................... 24
9.8.11
Aufschumbare Polymere ................................................................... 25
9.8.12
Lebende Tiere und Gefahrgut ............................................................. 25
9.8.13
Batteriebetriebene Fortbewegungsmittel als Gepck.......................... 25
9.8.14
Selbstzersetzliche Stoffe und organische Peroxide ............................ 26
9.8.15
Elektronische Gerte mit Lithium-Ionen-Batterien............................... 26
9.8.16
Kontrolle bei Entladung ....................................................................... 26
9.9 Dokumentation ............................................................................................ 27
9.9.1
Luftfrachtbrief ...................................................................................... 27
9.9.2
Shipper's Declaration .......................................................................... 27
9.9.3
Informationen an den Flugzeugfhrer ( NOTOC ) ............................... 28
9.9.4
Meldungen .......................................................................................... 31
9.10 Massnahmen die zu treffen sind bei einem DGR Vorfall............................. 31
9.10.1
Cockpit ................................................................................................ 31
9.10.2
Kabine................................................................................................. 32
9.11 Anhnge...................................................................................................... 32
9.11.1
Anhang 1 Versteckte Gefahrgter.................................................... 32
9.11.2
Anhang 2 - Bestimmungen fr Gefahrgter die durch Passagiere oder
Besatzungsmitglieder befrdert werden.............................................. 35
9.11.3
Anhang 3 Zusammenladevorschriften.............................................. 37
9.11.4
Checklist for dangerous goods incidents in the cabin during flight ...... 39
9.11.5
A Notification to Captain = NOTOC.................................................... 45
9.11.6
B Acceptance Checklist for DG (non-radioactive shipment)................ 45
9.11.7
C Acceptance Checklist for DG (radioactive) ...................................... 48
9.11.8
D Acceptance Checklist for Dry Ice..................................................... 50
9.11.9
E DG-Occurrence Report .................................................................... 51
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
9.
Chapter:
Page:
Revision:
Issued:
9
1
8.0
01.04.2010
Dangerous Goods and Weapons
The policy for the transportation of dangerous goods:

Transportation of Dangerous Goods without the approval of the Authority is
prohibited.
HAMBURG INTERNATIONAL has the approval for the transportation of
Dangerous Goods
In case of unsolved situations contact the department of company, which is
responsible for DGR-Regulations. The manager of this department is
responsible to:
Publish and issue reports in case of Incidents, and Accidents with regard
to Dangerous Goods to the Authority
Issue amendments to the Operations Manual via the Operations
Manager
Supervision
Make sure that all employees are be trained and licensed for their duty
Make sure that crews are trained and has past the test
Crews are familiar with the loading restriction of aeroplane
9.1
Introduction / General
The IATA dangerous Goods Regulations are applicable for our Company
and contracted partners handling articles with regard to these regulations.
The ICAO Annex 18 and the Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of
Dangerous Goods by Air are applicable for the transport of DG by air from,
to or through the Member States of ICAO.
The provisions of these Regulations do not apply to DG carried on an aircraft
where the DG are:
To provide medical aid to a patient during flight; or

To provide veterinary aid or a humane killer for an animal during flight; or
For dropping during flight in connection with agricultural, horticultural,
forestry or pollution control activities.
Nothing contained in these regulations should be interpreted as requiring an

operator to transport a particular article or substance; or preventing an
operator from imposing special requirements on the transport of a particular
article or substance over and above the requirements contained herein; or
as preventing an operator from requiring a shipper to seek confirmation or
endorsement of the Shippers Declaration for Dangerous Goods from an
authority named by the operator.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter:
Page:
Revision:
Issued:
9
2
8.0
01.04.2010
INFORMATIONS ABOUT DG-ARTICLES WITH REGARD TO THE

DANGEROUS GOODS REGULATIONS ARE AVAILABLE ON BOARD OF
OUR AIRCRAFTS!!
Dangerous goods not requiring air transport approval:
An approval is not required for dangerous goods, which are required to be
aboard the aeroplane as:
items for airworthiness or operating reasons or for the health of

passengers or crew, such as batteries, fire extinguishers, first-aid kits,
insecticides, air fresheners, life saving appliances and portable oxygen
supplies;
catering or cabin service supplies.
An approval is not required for dangerous goods, which are carried for use
in flight as a veterinary aid or as a humane killer for an animal.
An approval is not required for dangerous goods, which are carried in

flight for medical aid for a patient, such as gas cylinders, drugs,
medicines, other medical material (e.g. sterilising wipes) and wet cell or
lithium batteries, providing:
the gas cylinders have been manufactured specifically for the purpose of
containing and transporting that particular gas;
the drugs and medicines and other medical matter are under the control
of trained personnel during the time when they are in use;
the equipment containing wet cell batteries is kept and, when necessary
secured, in an upright position to prevent spillage of the electrolyte; and
proper provision is made to stow and secure all the equipment during
take-off and landing and at all other times when deemed necessary by
the commander in the interests of safety.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter:
Page:
Revision:
Issued:
9
3
8.0
01.04.2010
These dangerous goods may also be carried on a flight made by the same
aeroplane to collect a patient or after that patient has been delivered when it
is impracticable to load or unload the goods at the time of the flight on which
the patient is carried.
Note:
The dangerous goods carried may differ from those identified

above due to the needs of the patient. They are not those, which
are a part of the normal equipment of the aircraft.
9.2 Allgemeines zu Gefahrgut

9.2.1 Definition von Gefahrgut
Gefahrgter sind Gegenstnde oder Substanzen, welche bedeutsame
Gefahren fr Gesundheit, die Sicherheit oder fr Sachen ausben knnen,
wenn sie auf dem Luftweg transportiert werden.
9.2.2 Allgemeine Philosophie
Gefahrgut wird von allen Verkehrstrgern ( Strasse, Schiene, Luftverkehr,
See und Wasserstrassen ) transportiert. Die Befrderung im Luftverkehr
erfolgt im Gegensatz zu den anderen Verkehrstrgern auch bei
gleichzeitigem Personentransport, also auch auf Passagierflugzeugen.
Nur die strikte Einhaltung der Transportvorschriften gewhrt einen sicheren
Transport fr Passagiere, Besatzungsmitglieder und Flugzeug.
9.2.3 Grundlage dieser Vorschriften
Der UN-Sachverstndigenausschuss fr die Gefahrgutbefrderung
erarbeitet Empfehlungen fr die sichere Befrderung aller gefhrlichen
Gter, ausgenommen Radioaktive Stoffe.
Die ICAO (Internationale Zivilluftfahrt-Organisation) hat diese Empfehlungen
benutzt, um Regelungen fr die sichere Befrderung von gefhrlichen
Gtern im Luftverkehr zu erarbeiten. Die ICAO Regelungen sind im Anhang
18 zum Chicagoer bereinkommen fr den internationalen Zivilluftverkehr
und den dazugehrigen Technischen Vorschriften ( T.I. ) fr die sichere
Befrderung gefhrlicher Gter im Luftverkehr enthalten.
Die IATA (International Air Transport Association) Gefahrgutvorschriften
(IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations, bzw. DGR) enthalten alle
Forderungen der von der ICAO herausgegebenen Technischen Vorschriften
fr die sichere Befrderung gefhrlicher Gter im Luftverkehr (Technische
Vorschriften oder ICAO TI). Darber hinaus hat die IATA aus betrieblichen
Gesichtspunkten zustzliche Forderungen aufgenommen, welche restriktiver
als die Technischen Vorschriften sind oder blicher Industriepraxis
entsprechen.
Ebenfalls bercksichtigt sind fr den Transport von radioaktiven Stoffen die
Empfehlungen der Internationalen Atomenergie Agentur ( IAEA ) in Wien.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter:
Page:
Revision:
Issued:
9
4
8.0
01.04.2010
9.2.4 Organisation
UN-Commitee of Experts
International Atomic Energy
Agency
Rechtliche Grundlage
Arbeits Grundlage
Recommendations on the transport of

Dangerous Goods
Safety Series
ICAO TI Technical instruction for the
safe transport of dangerous goods by air
IATA Dangerous goods regulations
9.2.5 Geltungsbereich der IATA DGR

Die IATA- Gefahrgutvorschriften sind gltig fr:
Alle IATA-Mitglieder und assoziierten Mitgliedern von IATA

Alle Luftfahrtgesellschaften, die Partner des IATA Multilateral Interline
Traffic Agreement-Cargo sind
Alle Versender und Agenten, die Gefahrgutsendungen diesen
Luftfahrtgesellschaften anbieten.
9.2.6 Verantwortlichkeit
Der Versender ist verantwortlich, dass kein fr den Luftverkehr verbotener
Gefahrstoff zum Versand gebracht wird. Er hat fr die korrekte
Klassifizierung des Gefahrgutes, die korrekte Verpackung, Kennzeichnung
sowie Dokumentation zu sorgen.
9.3
Begrenzungen
Einige gefhrliche Gter sind fr den Lufttransport zu gefhrlich, und daher
verboten. Andere drfen nur in Frachtflugzeugen befrdert werden und
wiederum andere sind fr den Transport sowohl in Passagier als auch in
Frachtflugzeugen erlaubt, wenn die vorgeschriebenen Begrenzungen
eingehalten werden.
9.3.1 Verbotene Gefahrgter

Die Liste der strickt und unter allen Umstnden im Luftverkehr verbotenen
Gefahrgter ist in der IATA-DGR Tabelle 2.1.A verffentlicht.
Hier nur ein paar Beispiele:
Explosivstoffe(fest, flssig),
Explosivstoffe die schlag- und temperaturempfindlich sind
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter:
Page:
Revision:
Issued:
9
5
8.0
01.04.2010
Entzndbare Feststoffe und organische Peroxyde.
In besonderen Fllen knnen fr solche Gefahrgter von den zustndigen

Behrden der beteiligten Staaten Ausnahmegenehmigungen erteilt werden.
Zuvor muss das Einverstndnis der Luftverkehrsgesellschaft zur
Befrderung gefhrlicher Gter vorliegen.
Abweichungen
beachten.
der
Staaten
und
Luftverkehrsgesellschaften
sind
zu
9.3.2 Versteckte Gefahrgter

Verschiedene Produkte und Gegenstnde knnen versteckte gefhrliche
Substanzen enthalten oder Eigenschaften besitzen, die sie vom Transport
mit dem Flugzeug ausschlieen. Davon sind sowohl Frachtstcke als auch
Gepck und Handgepck von Passagieren und Crew betroffen.
Eine Taucherausrstung kann z.B .Druckzylinder mit verdichtetem Gas oder
hoch intensive Taucherlampe mit starker Wrmeentwicklung enthalten.
Die Auflistung typischer Artikel mit versteckten Gefahren steht in der IATA
DGR Tabelle 2.2 Versteckte gefahren (siehe Anhang 1 Versteckte
Gefahrgter) / (die Liste ist durchaus nicht vollstndig).
Bestehen Zweifel an der Unbedenklichkeit der Gter muss unbedingt mit
dem Versender oder dem Passagier dieses Problem abgeklrt werden, und
das Cockpit informiert werden.
9.3.3 Gefahrgut,das durch Passagiere oder Besatzungsmitglieder mitgefhrt

wird
Grundstzlich knnen persnliche Gegenstnde wie folgt mitgenommen
werden
Als aufgegebenes Gepck
Als Handgepck in der Kabine
Direkt an der Person
9.3.4 Verbotene Gter
Sicherheitsraketen
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter:
Page:
Revision:
Issued:
9
6
8.0
01.04.2010
Trnengas-Spray und hnliche Gerte

Gaspatronen ( Z.B. :Lockenstbe)
9.3.5 Genehmigungspflichtiges Gepck
Trockeneis (Kohlendioxid) bis 2 Kg zur Khlung verderblicher Gter

Batteriegetriebene Rollsthle
9.3.6 Genehmigungspfichtiges Handgepck
Meteorologische Gerte ( Barometer; Thermometer) der Vertreter von

Wettermtern.
Wrmeerzeugende Artikel (z.B.: Batteriebetriebene
Unterwasserleuchten, Ltgerte )
Die Bestimmungen bezglich des Mitfhrens gefhrlicher Gter durch

Passagiere und Besatzungsmitglieder sind im Abschnitt DGR 2.3
niedergeschrieben: Die Tabelle 2.3.A enthlt eine bersicht der
zugelassenen Artikel der Menge und der Art des Mitfhrens.
Diese Regelungen sind strikt anzuwenden, gegebenenfalls sind auch
Abweichungen der Staaten und Luftfahrtgesellschaften zu beachten.
(siehe Anhang 2 - Bestimmungen fr Gefahrgter die durch Passagiere oder
Besatzungsmitglieder befrdert werden)
9.3.7 Luftpost
Die Befrderung gefhrlicher Gter per Luftpost ist im Luftverkehr generell
verboten. Ausnahmen bilden infektise Stoffe (ggf. auch mit Trockeneis
gekhlt), die von einer Versendererklrung begleitet werden, sowie
radioaktive Stoffe deren Aktivitt ein Zehntel des in Tabelle 10.5.A
aufgefhrten Werts nicht berschreitet.
9.3.8 Bordausrstung / Flugzeugersatzteile

Konsumgter, die zum Verbrauch oder zum Bordverkauf bestimmt sind
(z.B.: Alkoholische Getrnke, Parfms etc.), unterliegen keiner
Beschrnkung. Dies trifft auch fr zur Khlung von Nahrungsmitteln
verwendetes Trockeneis zu. Feuerzeuge, die bei verringertem Luftdruck
auslaufen knnen, sind jedoch ausgeschlossen.
An Bord befindliche Ausrstungsgegenstnde, wie z.B. Feuerlscher und
selbstaufblasbare Schwimmwesten, sind zwingender Bestandteil eines
betriebstchtigen Flugzeugs und werden daher nicht als Gefahrgut
angesehen.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter:
Page:
Revision:
Issued:
9
7
8.0
01.04.2010
Des weiteren sind die Luftfahrtgesellschaften als Absender einer Sendung

von der Verwendung vorgeschriebener Verpackungen befreit, sofern fr die
betroffenen Flugzeugersatzteile Spezialbehlter konstruiert werden.
9.3.9 Ausnahmegenehmigungen fr den Lufttransport verbotener Gefahrgter

Bei bestimmten verbotenen Gefahrgtern kann von der zustndigen,
staatlichen Behrde (in Deutschland das LBA) eine Ausnahmegenehmigung
fr den Lufttransport beantragt werden.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter:
Page:
Revision:
Issued:
9
8
8.0
01.04.2010
9.3.10 Gefahrgut in freigestellten Mengen

Sehr geringe Mengen gefhrlicher Gter festgelegter Klassen knnen mit
bestimmten Auflagen als sog. Freigestellte Mengen befrdert werden. Die
maximale Nettomenge pro Packstck ist auf 1 kg beschrnkt.
Kennzeichnung, Markierung und Dokumentation mssen den Standards
entsprechen.
Un-Spezifizierte
Verpackungen
sind
nicht
erforderlich.
Zusammenverpackungen verschiedener Gefahrgter unter Bercksichtigung
der Zusammenladeverbote und der Q-Wert-Bestimmung ist mglich.
Zur Kennzeichnung ist ein gesonderter Gefahrenaufkleber vorgesehen.
Haupt- und Nebengefahr sowie Name des Versenders oder Empfngers
sind anzugeben.
Nummer der Klasse oder

Unterklasse
Name des Absenders oder

Empfngers (falls nicht an
anderer Stelle angegeben)
Fr Radioaktive Gter in freigestellten Mengen wird seit 01.01.2005 dieses

Abfertigungskennzeichen
verwendet.
Ab
01.01.2007
ist
dieses
Abfertigungskennzeichen Pflicht.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter:
Page:
Revision:
Issued:
9
9
8.0
01.04.2010
9.3.11 Gefahrgut in begrenzten Mengen

Die Befrderung von Gefahrgut in begrenzten Mengen erffnet die
Mglichkeit,
unter
bestimmten
Voraussetzungen
auf
UNSpezifikationsverpackungen zu verzichten.
Aber nur eine sehr beschrnkte Anzahl von Gtern und Stoffen sind
zugelassen. Grundstzlich drfen mit diesem Verfahren keine nur fr
Frachtflugzeuge zugelassenen Stoffe befrdert werden.
Das Bruttogewicht des versendeten Packstcks darf 30 Kg nicht
berschreiten.
9.3.12 Abweichungen der Staaten und Luftfahrtgesellschaften
Die in Abschnitt 2.9 der IATA DGR aufgefhrten Abweichungen sind immer
restriktiver als die Bestimmungen, auf die sie sich beziehen!
Inhaltlich knnen sie bis zum generellen Ausschluss bestimmter
Gefahrstoffe oder ganzer Klassen smtliche Bestimmungen betreffen. Auf
bestehende Abweichungen wird durch Querverweise in allen Abschnitten
der DGR entsprechend hingewiesen.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter:
Page:
Revision:
Issued:
9
10
8.0
01.04.2010
9.4 Klassifizierung
9.4.1 Grundlagen der Klassifizierung
Die Klassifizierung von Gefahrgtern orientiert sich bezogen auf einen
Unfall an den kurzfristig mglichen, gefhrlichen Entwicklungen des
freigesetzten Transportguts auf Menschen, Flugzeug und Umwelt.
Allgemein betrachtet gehen von gefhrlichen Gtern sehr unterschiedliche
Gefahren aus. Zur Systematisierung der verschiedenen gefhrlichen
Eigenschaften werden die UN-Empfehlungen mit ihrer Einteilung in 9
verschiedene Gefahrenklassen zugrunde gelegt.
In Fllen, wo Stoffe mehr als eine gefhrliche Eigenschaft besitzen, sind der
Hauptgefahr die weiteren Nebengefahren zugeordnet.
Einem klassifizierten Stoff oder einer Sammeleintragung ist ausnahmslos
eine UN bzw. eine ID-Nummer zugeordnet.
Die ID-Nummern stellen eine Besonderheit in der Luftfahrt dar. Es handelt
sich
hierbei
um
einen
durch
IATA
temporr
zugewiesene
Identifizierungsnummer und betrifft Artikel oder Stoffe, von denen
luftverkehrsspezifische Gefahren ausgehen. Alle Nummern der 8000er Serie
sind so genannte Identifikationsnummern.
9.4.2 Neun Gefahrenklassen
Klasse 1
Klasse 2
Klasse 3
Klasse 4
Klasse 5
Klasse 6
Klasse 7
Klasse 8
Klasse 9
2.1
2.2
2.3
4.1
4.2
4.3
5.1
5.2
6.1
6.2
Explosivstoffe
Entzndbare Gase
Nicht-entzndbare, nicht-giftige Gase
Giftige Gase
Entzndbare Flssigkeiten
Entzndbare Feststoffe
Selbstentzndliche Stoffe
Stoffe, die bei Kontakt mit Wasser entzndbare
Gase bilden
Oxidierende (entzndend wirkende) Stoffe
Organische Peroxyde
Toxische (giftige) Stoffe
Infektise Stoffe
Radioaktive Stoffe
tzende Stoffe
Verschiedene gefhrliche Gter
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
9.5
Chapter:
Page:
Revision:
Issued:
9
11
8.0
01.04.2010
Identifizierung
9.5.1 Gefahrgutliste
Die Gefahrgutliste DGR 4.2 beinhaltet die alphabetische Aufzhlung der
verschiedenen Stoffe und Gegenstnde.
Sie ist herausgehoben auf blauem Papier gedruckt und stellt das Kernstck
der IATA-Gefahrgutvorschriften dar.
Die Gefahrgutliste enthlt unter anderem:
Diverse Informationen zur Erstellung der Shippers Declaration
Angaben zur Befrderungsart und zugelassener Mengen pro Packstck
Die relativen Verpackungsvorschriften
Hinweise auf Sonderbestimmungen
Die Gefahrgutliste besteht aus 13 Spalten, bezeichnet mit den Buchstaben A
bis M.
Zu den einzelnen Spalten:
A - UN oder ID Nr.
bezeichnet die UN/ID-Nummer
B - Name und Beschreibung
enthlt (in der englischen Ausgabe) den "Proper Shipping Name".
C - Klasse oder Unterklasse (Nebengefahr)
bezeichnet die Klasse, ggf. die Nebengefahr
D - Gefahrenkennzeichen
gibt das/ die Gefahrenkennzeichen an
E - Verpackungsgruppe
Bezeichnet die Verpackungsgruppe, wenn zutreffend
F EQ-Code
E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5 (freigestellte Mengen)
G - Passagier- und Frachtflugzeug, begrenzte Mengen,
Verpackungsvorschriften
bezeichnet die Nummer der anzuwendenden Verpackungsvorschrift bei
Befrderung als "begrenzte Menge"
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter:
Page:
Revision:
Issued:
9
12
8.0
01.04.2010
H - Passagier- und Frachtflugzeug, begrenzte Mengen, Max. (Netto)

Menge/Packstck bezeichnet die jeweils maximal zulssige
Gesamtnettomenge
pro Versandstck bei Befrderung als "begrenzte Menge"
I - Passagier- und Frachtflugzeug, Verpackungsvorschriften
bezeichnet die Nummer der anzuwendenden Verpackungsvorschrift
J - Passagier- und Frachtflugzeug, Max. (Netto) Menge/Packst.
bezeichnet die jeweils maximal zulssige Gesamtnettomenge pro
Versandstck
K - Frachtflugzeug, Verpackungsvorschriften
bezeichnet die Nummer der anzuwendenden Verpackungsvorschrift
(Cargo
Aircraft Only!)
L - Frachtflugzeug, Max. (Netto) Menge/Packst.
bezeichnet die jeweils maximal zulssige Gesamtnettomenge pro
Versandstck
(Cargo Aircraft Only!)
M - Sonderbestimmungen, siehe Unterabschnitt 4.4
weist auf die Nr. Sonderbestimmungen hin
N - ERG Code
weist auf Notfallmanahmen hin, die im ICAO-Doc. 9481 "The
Emergency
Response Guidance for Aircraft Incidents Involving Dangerous Goods"
verzeichnet sind.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter:
Page:
Revision:
Issued:
9
13
8.0
01.04.2010
9.5.2 Numerische Querverweisliste

Bei Verwendung der deutschen Ausgabe der IATA Gefahrgutvorschriften
kommt der numerischen Querverweisliste DGR 4.3 besondere Bedeutung
zu.
Sie ist nach UN-Nummern aufsteigend sortiert und enthlt den Proper
Shipping Name, die richtige Versandbezeichnung in der fr die Verwendung
in der Praxis alleinig zugelassenen englischen Version. Eine andere
FundsteIle gibt es in der deutschen Ausgabe nicht! Ausschlielich der
Proper Shipping Name darf bei der Markierung des Versandstcks und beim
Ausfllen der "Shipper's Declaration" verwendet werden.
Die numerische Querverweisliste enthlt auerdem die Nummer der Seite
der betreffenden Eintragung in der alphabetischen Gefahrgutliste DGR 4.2.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter:
Page:
Revision:
Issued:
9
14
8.0
01.04.2010
9.6 Verpackungen
9.6.1 Anforderungen an den Versender
Der Versender ist fr die vorschriftsmige Ausfhrung der Verpackung
verantwortlich. Er muss sicherstellen, dass alle Anforderungen vollstndig
erfllt wurden. Insbesondere ist er verpflichtet:
nur vorschriftsmige Verpackungen zu verwenden

die Nettobegrenzungen pro Packstck einzuhalten
die Nettobegrenzungen pro Innenverpackung einzuhalten
das zulssige Bruttogewicht einzuhalten
bei UN-Verpackungen die Bedingungen der Zulassung zu beachten
(Klebeband, Umreifung usw.)
bei Wiederverwendung alle nicht zutreffenden Markierungen zu
neutralisieren
Gefahrgter separat zu bergeben (keine Ladeeinheiten)
9.6.2 Allgemeine Verpackungsanforderungen/ Transportbeanspruchungen im

Luftverkehr
Verpackungen, Innenverpackungen, Aufsaug- und Polstermaterial mssen
so ausgelegt sein, dass sie auf keinen Fall mit dem Gefahrstoff, den sie
umschlieen, reagieren. Die Verpackungen / Innenverpackungen mssen
den im Luftverkehr auftretenden Beschleunigungen und Druckunterschieden
standhalten. Sie mssen frei sein von Korrosion, Verunreinigungen und
anderen Schden. Des Weiteren mssen sie Temperaturschwankungen
zwischen 40C und 55C widerstehen knnen. Dies bedeutet, dass bei
Abfllen von Flssigkeiten immer gengend Innenraum freigelassen werden
muss, um ein Verformen, Platzen oder berlaufen zu verhindern.
9.6.3 Verpackungsgruppen
Soweit gefordert, mssen Gefahrgter abhngig von Grad und Gefahr einer
Verpackungsgruppe zugeordnet werden.
In den rmischen Ziffern dargestellte Verpackungsgruppen haben folgende
Bedeutung
Verpackungsgruppe
I
Verpackungsgruppe
II
Verpackungsgruppe
III
Grosse Gefahr darf nur in einer UN X Verpackung

versendet werden
Mittlere Gefahr darf in einer UN X ,Y Verpackung
versendet werden
Geringe Gefahr darf in einer UN X,Y,Z Verpackung
versendet werden
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter:
Page:
Revision:
Issued:
9
15
8.0
01.04.2010
9.6.4 Methoden zum Verpacken von Gefahrgut

Kombinationsverpackung: Sie bestehen aus einer Auenverpackung (Holz,
Plastik, oder Metall) und einer Innenverpackung (Metall, Plastik, Glas) und
sind meistens durch Polster Absorptionsmaterial getrennt.
Einzelverpackung: Sie bentigen keiner Auenverpackung zum Schutz und
werden meistens aus Stahl, Aluminium, Plastik, hergestellt. ( Beispiel: Ein
Fass )
9.6.5 Art der Verpackung
UN Spezifische Verpackung: UN Verpackungen mssen durch Prfungen
nachgewiesen, in der Lage zu sein, ohne Bruch oder Leckage einer
Innenverpackung und ohne nennenswerte Beeintrchtigung seiner Funktion
einen Freifall aus festgelegten Hhen zu berstehen.
Beispiel einer UN -Verpackungsspezifikation :
UN 4G / X2.85 / Y4.25 / S /99/ D / SAM / 0815
UN
Verpackungssymbol der Vereinten Nationen
4G
Code fr eine Kiste aus Pappe
X2.85
X = Code fr Verpackungsgruppe I; 2.85 = max.
Bruttogewicht in kg
Y4.25
Y = Code fr Verpackungsgruppe II;4.25 = max. Bruttogewicht in
kg
S
fr Feststoffe (solids)
99
Herstellungsjahr, hier 1999
D
Staat der Zulassung, hier Deutschland
BAM
zustndige Behrde, hier: BAM
0815
Name / Referenz des Hersteller
UN-Spezifikationsverpackungen werden in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland
von der Bundesanstalt fr Materialprfung (BAM) zugelassen.
Verpackung fr Gefahrgut in begrenzten Mengen:
Die Befrderung von Gefahrgut in begrenzten Mengen erffnet die
Mglichkeit,
unter
bestimmten
Voraussetzungen
auf
UNSpezifikationsverpackungen zu verzichten. Zur Befrderung als LTD QTY.
ist nur eine beschrnkte
Anzahl
an
Stoffen
zugelassen.
Auf
dem
Versandstck muss das
Wort LTD QTY vorhanden
sein.
Umverpackungen
Umverpackung bedeutet
dass
verschiedene
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter:
Page:
Revision:
Issued:
9
16
8.0
01.04.2010
Einzelverpackungen aus transporttechnischen Grnden in eine weitere

Umhllung (Pappkarton...) gepackt werden. Achtung, die Trennvorschriften
mssen eingehalten werden.
9.7 Markierung und Kennzeichnung

Die Verantwortung fr das vorschriftsmige Anbringen der Markierung und
Kennzeichnung der Packstcke obliegt dem Versender.
Markierungen und Kennzeichnungen mssen gestempelt, aufgedruckt oder
anderweitig in dauerhafter Qualitt angebracht werden. Es mssen
englische Bezeichnungen verwendet werden.
Die Kennzeichen sollten mglichst neben der Anschrift des Empfngers oder
Absenders angebracht werden. Hauptgefahr- und Nebengefahrkennzeichen
sind ebenfalls nebeneinander zu platzieren.
Darber hinaus muss die Auenverpackung farblich zu den Kennzeichen
kontrastieren.
9.7.1 Kennzeichnungen
Bei
der
Kennzeichnung
von
Packstcken
wird
zwischen
Gefahrenkennzeichen (Hazard Label) und Abfertigungskennzeichen
(Handling Label) unterscheiden.
Gefahrenkennzeichen besitzen die Form eines auf die Spitze gestellten
Quadrates, Abfertigungskennzeichen sind rechteckig.
Die Gefahrenkennzeichen weisen mit Symbolen auf die Eigenschaft der
Gefhrlichkeit hin.
Entzndliche Substanzen, egal ob fest, flssig oder gasfrmig, sind z.B.
unabhngig von der Klasse mit einer stilisierten Flamme versehen.
Eingedruckter Text, der die Art des Risikos beschreibt, ist zulssig. Diese
Information sollte in englischer Sprache verfasst sein (CORROSIVE,
FLAMMABLE LIQUID usw.).
Eine Besonderheit stellen die Gefahrenkennzeichen der Klassen 2 und 4
dar. Sie sind unterschiedlich, sowohl in Farbe, als auch in den Symbolen, da
diese Klassen Stoffe mit unterschiedlichen Gefahrenauslsern umfassen.
Die farbliche Gestaltung gibt Hinweise auf die Art der Gefahr. So bedeutet
z.B.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
orange
grn
rot
wei
gelb
explosiv
nicht brennbares Gas
entzndlich
giftig
oxydierend
Chapter:
Page:
Revision:
Issued:
9
17
8.0
01.04.2010
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter:
Page:
Revision:
Issued:
9
18
8.0
01.04.2010
Hauptgefahrenkennzeichen
Das zu verwendende Hauptgefahrenkennzeichen ist in der Spalte E
Gefahrenkennzeichen der alphabetischen Gefahrgutliste (blaue Seiten)
aufgefhrt.
Das Kennzeichen muss in der unteren Ecke die Klassen- oder
Unterklassennummer tragen.
Bei Klasse 1 ist auch der Buchstabe der Vertrglichkeitsgruppe
aufzufhren. Handschriftliche Eintragungen sind zulssig.
Nebengefahrenkennzeichen
Das Nebengefahrenkennzeichen muss ebenfalls die Klassen - bzw.
Unterklassennummer aufweisen.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
19
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Abfertigungskennzeichen
Unter Abfertigungskennzeichen versteht man folgende Aufkleber:
"CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY" (nur Frachtflugzeug)
Alle Packstcke, die nur auf Frachtflugzeugen befrdert werden drfen,

mssen neben dem/den Gefahrenkennzeichen mit dem Aufkleber "CARGO
AIRCRAFT ONL Y" versehen werden.
Versandstckorientierung (TOP-Pfeile)
Bei Flssigkeiten mssen jeweils 2 Aufkleber an entgegengesetzten Seiten

angebracht werden.
Magnetized Material
Die Verwendung erfolgt entsprechend der Gefahrenkennzeichen der

anderen Klassen.
Cryogenic Liquid
Fr tiefgekhlte, nicht entzndbare Gase.
gltig bis
31.12.2012
gltig ab
01.01.2013
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
20
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
9.7.2 Markierungen
Die Verantwortung fr die vorschriftsmige Markierung bezieht sich
insbesondere auf folgende Punkte:
jedes Versandstck muss mit der korrekten (englischen)

Versandbezeichnung (Proper Shipping Name) und der UN-Nummer
markiert werden. Der technische Name ist ggf. als Bestandteil der
korrekten Versandbezeichnung ebenfalls aufzufhren.
Beispiel: CORROSIVE LIQUID, N.O.S. (CAPRYL YL CHLORIDE) UN1760

jedes Versandstck muss mit Namen und Anschrift des Absenders und des
Empfngers markiert werden
berprfung der UN-Verpackungsspezifikation
Bei Wiederverwendung gebrauchter Verpackungen ist auf die Entfernung

bzw. Neutralisierung alter oder nicht zutreffender Markierungen zu achten.
Jegliche Manipulation der Verpackungsspezifikation ist unzulssig. Sie darf
nicht durch Aufkleber verdeckt werden.
Wenn
Kennzeichen
fr
die
Packstckorientierung
(Top-Label)
vorgeschrieben sind, kann die Oberseite mit "THIS END UP" oder "THIS
SIDE UP" beschriftet werden.
9.7.3 Vorgeschriebene Markierungen und Beschriftungen einer
Umverpackung
Vorgeschriebene Markierungen, Beschriftungen und Gefahrenkennzeichen
smtlicher Packstcke mssen vollstndig sichtbar sein. Ist dies nicht der
Fall, sind alle Angaben auf der Auenseite der Umverpackung zu
reproduzieren.
Sofern die UN-Verpackungs-Spezifikationen der inneren Packstcke nicht
vollstndig sichtbar sind, ist die Umverpackung folgendem Wortlaut zu
beschriften:
"INNER PACKAGES COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS"
(innere Packstcke stimmen mit den vorgeschriebenen Spezifikationen
berein)
Ferner muss die Nettogefahrstoffmenge der Gefahrgter einer jeden
Umverpackung direkt neben der Versandbezeichnung aufgefhrt werden.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
21
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
9.8 Annahme, Abfertigung und Verladung

9.8.1 Allgemeines
Die Luftverkehrsgesellschaften oder deren Abfertigungsagenten sind fr die
Einhaltung der Bestimmungen bei Annahme, Abfertigung und Verladung
verantwortlich. Hinsichtlich der Befrderung gefhrlicher Gter haben die
Luftverkehrsgesellschaften das Recht, den Transport abzulehnen oder
geltende Bestimmungen weitergehend einzuschrnken.
9.8.2 Annahme
Nur versandfertige ("ready for shipping") Gefahrgutsendungen werden von
der Luftverkehrsgesellschaft bernommen.
Fertige Ladeeinheiten oder Container mit gefhrlichen Gtern drfen bis auf
folgende Ausnahmen grundstzlich nicht angenommen werden:
Container mit radioaktiven Stoffen
Konsumgter gem Verpackungsvorschrift 910
Einheiten mit Trockeneis zur Khlung ungefhrlicher Gter
magnetische Stoffe nach vorheriger Absprache
Die Luftverkehrsgesellschaft ist verpflichtet, bei Mngeln an Verpackung,
Markierung, Dokumentation bzw. bei Versto gegen Inhalts- oder
Mengenbeschrnkungen eine Gefahrgutsendung zurckzuweisen!
Fr Umverpackungen (Overpacks) gelten folgende Bestimmungen:
verboten ist das Zusammenpacken von Gtern, die nach Tabelle 9.3.A
eine Trennung erfordern sofern die UN-Verpackungsspezifikationen nicht
vollstndig sichtbar sind, muss der Hinweis "Inner Packages Comply
With Prescribed Specifications" als Markierung verwendet werden
nicht vollstndig sichtbare Markierungen oder Kennzeichen mssen auf
der Auenseite reproduziert werden
bei radioaktiven Stoffen mssen alle vier Seiten mit dem Kennzeichen
(Label) versehen sein.
Im Falle von "Cargo Aircraft Only" darf die Umverpackung nur ein einzelnes
Packstck enthalten, es sei denn, dass sie zugnglich und gut sichtbar sind
bzw. Stoffe der Klasse 3 Verpackungsgruppe III, 6, 7 oder 9 betroffen sind.
Jedes Versandstck muss eingehend berprft und mit den Angaben in der
Versendererklrung abgeglichen werden. Die einzelnen Punkte werden
schriftlich mittels einer Annahme-Kontrollliste (Acceptance Check Sheet)
dokumentiert und unterschriftlich durch ausgebildetes und autorisiertes
Personal besttigt.
Sofern eine Beanstandung vorliegt, darf die Sendung nicht zur Befrderung
angenommen werden.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
22
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Die Annahme von Sammelsendungen ist in DGR 9.1.6 geregelt. Hier sind
insbesondere die Abweichungen der Luftverkehrsgesellschaften zu
beachten.
9.8.3 Lagerung
Fr die Zwischenlagerung vor und nach Transport bzw. im Transit sind
seitens der Luftverkehrsgesellschaft national oder international geltende
Bestimmungen einzuhalten.
Bei der Lagerung von radioaktivem Material ist die Summe des
Transportindizes (TI) auf 50 pro Lagerplatz zu begrenzen. Eine weitere
Lagerung darf erst im Abstand von mindestens 6m erfolgen.
Packstcke mit selbstzersetzlich Substanzen der Unterklassen 4.1 und
organische Peroxyde der Unterklasse 5.2 drfen nicht direkter
Sonnenbestrahlung oder anderen Hitzequellen ausgesetzt werden. Sie sind
in gut durchgelfteten Rumen zu lagern.
9.8.4 Verladung
Gefahrgter drfen grundstzlich nicht in der mit Passagieren besetzten
Kabine oder im Cockpit befrdert werden. Ausnahmen bilden bestimmte
Artikel die als Gepck zugelassen sind (DGR 2.3) und Bordausrstung
(DGR 2.5) sowie "freigestellte" radioaktive Stoffe.
Packstcke, die nur fr die Befrderung auf Frachtflugzeugen zugelassen
sind (CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY), drfen nicht mit Passagierflugzeugen
befrdert werden
9.8.5 Trennung von Gefahrgtern
Packstcke, die Gefahrgter enthalten, die gefhrlich miteinander reagieren
knnten, mssen getrennt voneinander geladen werden. Der Abstand ist so
zu bemessen, dass im Falle einer Leckage ein unmittelbarer Kontakt
auszuschlieen ist.
Die Trennung hat gem der Tabelle DGR 9.3.A zu erfolgen. Die Klassen
4.1, 6, 7 und 9 sind in dieser Tabelle nicht enthalten, da eine Trennung von
Gefahrgtern anderer Klassen nicht erforderlich ist.
Des weiteren ist zu beachten, dass Stoffe der Klasse 6 oder entsprechender
Nebengefahr, nicht im gleichen Laderaum mit Tieren oder Nahrungsmitteln
geladen werden drfen.
(siehe Anhang 3 Zusammenladevorschriften)
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
23
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
9.8.6 Verladung von flssigen Gefahrgtern

Packstcke, die flssiges Gefahrgut enthalten, mssen an zwei entgegen
gesetzten Seiten mit Top-Pfeilen gekennzeichnet sein und entsprechend im
Flugzeug verstaut werden. Es ist ferner zu beachten, dass
Einzelverpackungen (z.B. Fsser) mit den Verschlssen nach oben verstaut
werden.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
24
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
9.8.7 Allgemeine Anforderungen

Um Beschdigungen im Lager, whrend des Transports und bei der
Beladung zu vermeiden, muss die physische Behandlung gefhrlicher Gter
mit besonderer Umsicht erfolgen. Vor Beladung sind die Packstcke auf
ihren Zustand zu berprfen, bei Beschdigung ist eine Befrderung nicht
zulssig. Im Laderaum des Flugzeugs sind die Packstcke durch Verzurrung
oder entsprechende Verstauung gegen Bewegung zu sichern. Bei
radioaktivem Material sind die Sicherheitsabstnde gem DGR 9.3.10.6/7
einzuhalten.
Sollten Kennzeichen beschdigt worden sein, sind diese zu ersetzen. Dies
gilt jedoch nicht fr fehlende Kennzeichen.
Ladeeinheiten, die Gefahrgter enthalten, sind mit einem speziellen
Anhnger zu versehen. Sollte diese Ladeeinheit "Cargo Aircraft Only"
enthalten, ist zustzlich darauf hinzuweisen (siehe DGR 9.3.8).
9.8.8 Radioaktive Stoffe
Bei der Verladung und der Befrderung von radioaktiven Stoffen ist es
erforderlich, die Strahlenbelastung fr die betroffenen Personen mglichst
gering zu halten. Da die Strahlung mit zunehmender Entfernung geringer
wird, mssen diese Stoffe mit grtmglicher Distanz vom Kabinenboden z.B. im Unterflurfrachtraum - geladen werden.
Um die Summe der Packstcke, die pro Flugzeug befrdert werden drfen,
festzulegen, wird der Transportindex als Indikator der Dosisleistung
herangezogen. Er wird auerdem fr die Einhaltung der vorgeschriebenen
Abstnde zu Passagieren und Besatzungsmitgliedern bentigt. Der
Transportindex ist auf den Kennzeichen der Kategorien ll-Gelb und lII-Gelb
vermerkt. Packstcke der Kategorie I-Wei bentigen keine Angabe des
Transportindex und erfordern keine Trennung.
Der erforderliche Trennungsabstand von an Bord befindlichen Personen ist
der Tabelle 9.3.D bzw. 9.3.E zu entnehmen. Die Gesamtsummen der TI sind
in Tabelle 9.3.C niedergelegt.
Die Trennung von unbelichteten Filmen und Fotoplatten gem Tabelle
9.3.F ist ebenfalls zu beachten.
9.8.9 Magnetisches Material
Sendungen die magnetisches Material enthalten, sind entfernt vom
Kompass und anderen Navigationsinstrumenten zu laden.
9.8.10 Trockeneis
Die Befrderung von Trockeneis als Frachtgut oder Khlmittel ist nach
Absprache mit der Luftverkehrsgesellschaft zulssig. Voraussetzung ist eine
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
25
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
ausreichende Durchlftung des Frachtraums. Die Verpackung muss den

Anforderungen der Verpackungsvorschrift 904 entsprechen.
9.8.11 Aufschumbare Polymere
Aufschumbahre Polymer-Produkte sowie Kunststoffspritzmasse drfen
gem Verpackungsvorschrift 908 bis zu einer Gesamtnettomenge von
100kg pro unzugnglichem Frachtraum geladen werden.
9.8.12 Lebende Tiere und Gefahrgut
Lebende Tiere sollten nicht neben Trockeneis oder anderen Klteerzeugenden Substanzen geladen werden. Da die vom Trockeneis
ausgehenden Dmpfe schwerer als Luft sind und daher zu Boden sinken,
sind Tiere oberhalb solcher Packstcke zu verstauen. (HI Procedure: Es darf
sich kein Trockeneis im Fwd Cargo Compartment befinden, wenn dort
lebende Tiere untergebracht sind).
Des Weiteren ist zu beachten, dass Stoffe der Klasse 6 oder entsprechender
Nebengefahr, nicht im gleichen Laderaum mit Tieren oder Nahrungsmitteln
geladen werden drfen.
9.8.13 Batteriebetriebene Fortbewegungsmittel als Gepck
Rollsthle oder andere Hilfsmittel zur Fortbewegung, die mit Batterien
betrieben werden und zur Befrderung als Gepck bestimmt sind, bedrfen
der vorherigen Genehmigung seitens der Luftverkehrsgesellschaft.
Sofern derartige Hilfsmittel aufrecht verladen werden knnen, ist die Batterie
abzuklemmen und eine Sicherung der Pole gegen Kurzschluss
vorzunehmen. Ferner ist die Batterie am Rollstuhl gegen Bewegung zu
sichern.
Wenn eine aufrechte Verladung nicht mglich ist, muss die Batterie
ausgebaut werden. Sie ist unter Verwendung von ausreichendem
Absorptionsmaterial sicher zu verpacken und je nach Sachverhalt wie folgt
zu markieren:
BATTERY, WET, WITH WHEELCHAIR
BATTERY, WET, WITH MOBILlTY AID
Das Packstck ist mit dem Kennzeichen der Klasse 8 und Top-Pfeilen zu
versehen. Ferner muss es in die "Notification to Captain" aufgenommen
werden.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
26
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
9.8.14 Selbstzersetzliche Stoffe und organische Peroxide
Packstcke, die selbstzersetzliche Stoffe (Unterklasse 4.1) oder organische

Peroxyde (Unterklasse 5.2) enthalten, sind vor Sonnenlicht und anderen
Wrmequellen zu schtzen. Sie drfen nicht mit anderer Fracht berstaut
werden und bentigen ausreichende Belftung.
9.8.15 Elektronische Gerte mit Lithium-Ionen-Batterien
Lithium-Ionen-Batterien sind vor allem in Laptops, hochwertigen
Fotoausrstungen und modernen Mobiltelefonen im Einsatz. Elektronische
Gerte mit Lithium-Ionen-Batterien knnen sich sowohl im Handgepck als
auch im aufgegebenen Gepck befinden. Empfohlen wird der Transport im
Handgepck.
Ersatzbatterien fr diese Gerte sind im aufgegebenen Gepck verboten;
erlaubt sind zwei Ersatzbatterien im Handgepck, die einen Lithium-Gehalt
von unter acht Gramm haben. Diese mssen einzeln gegen Kurzschluss
gesichert sein.
Aufkleber zur Kennzeichnung von

elektronischen Gerten, die
Lithium-Ionen-Batterien enthalten
9.8.16 Kontrolle bei Entladung

Gefahrgter mssen auch whrend der Entladung aus dem Flugzeug
hinsichtlich ihres Zustandes berprft werden. Bei Beschdigungen ist eine
sofortige Untersuchung auf Verunreinigung des betreffenden Frachtraumes
erforderlich.
Wenn infektise Stoffe oder radioaktives Material beschdigt sind, sind
besondere Vorsichtsmanahmen erforderlich. Die zustndigen Behrden
sind unverzglich einzuschalten.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
27
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
9.9 Dokumentation
Neben den detaillierten Vorschriften fr Verpackung und Kennzeichnung
sind genaue Vorgaben fr die Begleitdokumente zu beachten.
9.9.1 Luftfrachtbrief
Bei der Erstellung des Luftfrachtbriefes ist, wenn Gefahrgut zur Befrderung
kommt, vom Erstellter dieses Dokuments im Feld Handling Information der
Hinweis auf Gefahrgut einzutragen.
DANGEROUS GOODS AS PER ATTACHED SHIPPERS DECLARATION
9.9.2 Shipper's Declaration

Diese Absendererklrung ist ebenfalls vom Gesetzgeber vorgeschrieben
und muss alle relevanten Angaben zur Gefahrgutsendung beinhalten.
Richtige Versandbezeichnung des Gefahrgutes

Gefahrenklasse
UN-Nummer
Nebengefahr
Anzahl der Packstcke
Verpackungsart
Nettomenge
Verpackungsvorschrift
Verpackungsgruppe
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
28
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Sonderbestimmungen sowie Behandlungshinweise (wenn erforderlich)
9.9.3 Informationen an den Flugzeugfhrer ( NOTOC )

Die Luftverkehrsgesellschaft muss den verantwortlichen Flugkapitn so frh
wie mglich schriftlich ber die an Bord befindlichen Gefahrgter detailliert
informieren. Der Captain besttigt den Erhalt der Notification to Captain
(NOTOC) durch Unterschrift und hat sie whrend des Fluges jederzeit
verfgbar.
Die NOTOC besttigt den unversehrten Zustand der Gefahrgter und enthlt
mindestens folgende Informationen :
Luftfrachtbrief-Nummer (AWB-No)
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
29
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Korrekte Versandbezeichnung mit UN/ID-Nummer (Proper Shipping

Name)
Gefahrenklassen
Verpackungsgruppe
Anzahl der Versandstcke und Netto, bzw. falls erforderlich Bruttomenge
jedes Gefahrgutpackstcks bei Klasse 7 den TI
Ladeposition
Cargo Aircraft Only wenn es zutrifft
Evtl. Hinweis auf staatliche Ausnahmegenehmigung
Entladeflughafen
Damit der Flugzeugfhrer bei Notfllen die richtigen Manahmen einleiten

kann, muss die Luftverkehrsgesellschaft sicherstellen, dass er whrend des
Transports den Kodex fr Notfallaktionen (Drill-Code) zur Verfgung hat.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
30
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Dies kann sein z.B. das Emergency Response Guidance for Aircraft
Incidents involving Dangerous Goods (ICAO Doc 9481) oder jedes andere
Dokument, das hnliche Informationen liefert.
Sollte sich whrend des Fluges ein Notfall ereignen muss der Captain,
sofern die Situation es erlaubt, die zustndige Flugsicherung unverzglich
ber die an Bord befindlichen Gefahrgter informieren. Je nach Ausma der
Krisensituation variiert der Umfang der Information, in hochkritischen
Situationen reichen die wichtigsten Teilinformationen.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
31
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
9.9.4 Meldungen
Die Luftverkehrsgesellschaft ist verpflichtet Unflle und Zwischenflle mit
Gefahrgtern der zustndigen Behrde zu melden. In Deutschland wird dem
Luftfahrt-Bundesaufsichtsamt Meldung erstattet.
9.10 Massnahmen die zu treffen sind bei einem DGR Vorfall

Auszug aus dem ICAO Emergency Response Guide
9.10.1 Cockpit
Im Flug
*
**
Fire or smoke removal checklist (falls erforderlich)

No smoking sign
Gegebenenfalls Sicherheits-Notlandung
Gegebenenfalls nicht bentigten Stromverbraucher
Rauch, Feuer
Dangerous Goods Procedure Cabin*
Emergency response code
ATC
abarbeiten
an
vorbereiten
abschalten
lokalisieren
abarbeiten
festlegen
informieren**
wenn DGR in Kabine

(Proper shipping name ,UN Nummer, Gefahrenklasse,
Nebengefahrenklasse, Menge, Stauort)
Nach der Landung
Kontrolliertes Aussteigen von Passagieren und Crew

Feuerwehr ber die Natur und den Stauraum des Gefahrguts informieren
Eintrag im maintenance log
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
9.10.2 Kabine
9.11 Anhnge
9.11.1 Anhang 1 Versteckte Gefahrgter
Chapter: 9
Page:
32
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
33
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
34
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
35
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
9.11.2 Anhang 2 - Bestimmungen fr Gefahrgter die durch Passagiere oder

Besatzungsmitglieder befrdert werden
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
36
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
9.11.3 Anhang 3 Zusammenladevorschriften
Chapter: 9
Page:
37
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
38
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
39
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
9.11.4 Checklist for dangerous goods incidents in the cabin during flight
CABIN CREW:
INITIAL ACTION:
. Notify pilot-in-command
. Identify the item
IN CASE OF FIRE:
. Use standard procedure / check use of water
IN CASE OF SPILLAGE OR LEAKAGE:
. Don protective gloves and smoke hood.
. Move passengers away from area and distribute wet towels or cloths.
. Place dangerous goods item in polyethylene bags.
. Stow polyethylene bags
. Treat affected seat cushions / covers in the same manner as dangerous
goods item
. Cover spillage on carpet / floor
. Regularly inspect items stowed away / contaminated furnishings
AFTER LANDING:
. Identify to ground personnel dangerous goods item and where stowed
. Make appropriate entry in company log.
. Report incident in accordance with Hamburg international procedure.
See amplified checklist for detailed explanation

AMPLIFIED CABIN CREW CHECK FOR DANGEROUS GOODS INCIDENTS
INITIAL ACTION
Notify Pilot-In-Command
Any incident concerning dangerous goods should be notified immediately to the
pilot-in-command who should be kept informed of all actions taken and of their
effect. It is essential that the cabin crew and the flight crew coordinate their actions
and that each be kept fully informed of the others actions and intentions.
Identify the item
Ask the passenger concerned to identify the item and indicate its potential hazards.
The passenger may be able to give some guidance on the hazard(s) involved and
how these could be dealt with. If the passenger can identify the item, coordinate with
cockpit crew on further action for the appropriate emergency response drill.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
40
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
IN CASE OF FIRE
Use standard procedure / check use of water
Standard emergency procedures must be used to deal with any fire. In general,
water should not be used on a spillage or when fumes are present since it may
spread the spillage or increase the rate of fuming. Consideration should also be
given to the possible presence of electrical components when using water
extinguishers.
IN CASE OF SPILLAGE OR LEAKAGE
Collect emergency response kit or other useful items
Collect emergency response kit, if provided, or collect for use in dealing with the
spillage or leakage:
- a supply of paper towels or newspapers or other absorbent paper or absorbent
fabric (e.g. seat cushion covers, head rest protectors);
- oven gloves or fire-resistant gloves, if available;
- at least two large polyethylene waste bin bags; and
at least three smaller polyethylene bags, such as those used for duty-free, if none
available, airsickness bags.
Don rubber gloves and smoke hood portable oxygen
The hands should always be protected before touching suspicious packages or
items. Fire-resistant gloves or oven gloves covered by polyethylene bags are likely
to give suitable protection.
Gas-tight breathing equipment should always be worn when attending to an incident
involving smoke, fumes or fire.
Move passengers away from area and distribute wet towels or cloths
Cabin crew should take prompt action if fumes or smoke develop to move
passengers away from the area involved and, if necessary, provide wet towels or
cloths and give instructions to breathe through them.
Place dangerous goods item in polyethylene bags
If it is absolutely certain that the item will not create a problem the decision may be
made not to move it. USE GOOD JUDGEMENT in most circumstances,
however, it will be better to move the item and this should be done as suggested
below. Place the item in a polyethylene bag as follows:
prepare two bags by rolling up the sides and placing them on the floor;
place the item inside the first bag with the closure of the item, or the point from
which it is leaking from its container at the top;
take off the rubber gloves whilst avoiding skin contact with any contamination on
them;
place the rubber gloves in the second bag;
close the first bag whilst squeezing out the excess air;
twist the open end of the first bag tie to tie it sufficiently tight to be secure but not so
tight that pressure equalization cannot take place;
Place the first bag (containing the item) in the second bag, which already contains
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
41
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
the rubber gloves and secure the open end in the same manner as that used for the
first bag.
With no emergency response kit:
Pick up the item and place it in a polyethylene bag. Ensure the receptacle
containing the dangerous goods is kept upright or the area of leakage is at the top.
Using paper towels, newspaper, etc., mop up the spillage, after having ascertained
there will be no reaction between what is to be used to mop up and the dangerous
goods. Place the soiled towels, etc., in another polyethylene bag. Place the gloves
and bags used to protect the hands either in separate small polyethylene bag or
with the soiled towels. If extra bags are not available, place the towels, gloves, etc.,
in the same bag as the item. Expel excess air from the bags and close lightly so as
to be secure but not so tight that pressure equalization cannot take place.
Stow polyethylene bags
If there is a catering or bar box on board, empty any contents and place the box on
the floor, with the door upward. Place the bag(s) containing the item and any soiled
towels, etc., in the box and close the door. Take the box or, if there is no box, the
bag(s) to a position as far away as possible from the flight deck and passengers. If a
galley or toilet is fitted, consider taking the box or bag(s) there, unless it is close to
the flight deck. Use a rear galley or toilet wherever possible, but do not place the
box or bag(s) against the pressure bulkhead or fuselage wall. If a galley is used, the
box or bag(s) can be stowed in an empty waste bin container. If a toilet is used, the
box can be placed on the floor or the bag(s) stowed in an empty waste container.
The toilet door should be locked from the outside. In a pressurized aircraft, if a toilet
is used, any fumes will be vented away from passengers. However, if the aircraft is
unpressurized there may not be positive pressure in a toilet to prevent fumes from
entering the passenger cabin.
Ensure when moving a box that the opening is kept upward or when moving a bag
that either receptacle containing the dangerous goods is kept upright or the area of
leakage is kept at the top.
Wherever the box or bag(s) have been located, wedge them firmly in place to
prevent them from moving and to keep the item upright. Ensure that the position of
the box or bags will not impede disembarkation from the aircraft.
Treat affected seat cushions / covers in the same manner as dangerous
goods item
Seat cushions, seat backs or other furnishings which have been contaminated by a
spillage should be removed from their fixtures and placed in a large bin bag or other
polyethylene bag, together with any bags used initially to cover them. They should
be stowed away in the same manner as the dangerous goods item causing the
incident.
Cover spillage on carpet / floor
Cover any spillage on the carpet or furnishings with a waste bag or other
polyethylene bags, if available. If not, use airsickness bags opened out so that the
plastic side covers the spillage or use the plastic covered emergency information
cards.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
42
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Carpet which has been contaminated by a spillage and which is still causing fumes
despite being covered, should be placed in a waste bin and stowed, when possible,
either in the rear toilet or rear galley. If the carpet cannot be removed it should
remain covered by a large bin bag or polyethylene bags, etc., and additional bags
should be used to reduce the fumes.
Regularly inspect items stowed away/contaminated furnishings

Any dangerous goods, contaminated furnishings or equipment which have been
removed and stowed away for safety should be subject to regular inspection.
AFTER LANDING
Identify to ground personnel dangerous goods item and where stowed
Upon arrival, take the necessary steps to identify to the ground staff where the item
is stowed. Pass on all information about the item.
Make appropriate entry in maintenance log
Make an entry in the aircraft maintenance log so that proper maintenance action is
undertaken and that the emergency response kit or any aircraft equipment used is
replenished or replaced when appropriate.
COCKPIT CREW:
. Follow the appropriate aircraft emergency procedures for fire or smoke
removal
. No smoking sign on
. Consider landing as soon as possible
. Consider turning off non-essential electrical power
. Determine source of smoke/fumes/fire
. For dangerous goods incidents in the passenger cabin, see cabin crew
checklist and coordinate cockpit/cabin crew actions
. Determine emergency response drill code
. Use guidance from aircraft emergency response drills chart to help deal
with incident
. If the situation permits, notify ATC of the dangerous goods being carried
AFTER LANDING
. Disembark passengers and crew before opening any cargo compartment
doors
. Inform ground personnel / emergency services of nature of item and where
stowed
. Make appropriate entry in maintenance log
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
43
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
See amplified checklist for detailed explanation

Follow the appropriate aircraft emergency procedures for fire or smoke
removal
Self explanatory.
NO SMOKING sign on
A smoking ban should be introduced when fumes or vapours are present and be
continued for the remainder of the flight.
Consider landing as soon as possible
Because of the difficulties and possibly disastrous consequences of any dangerous
goods incident, consideration should be given to landing as soon as possible. The
decision to land at the nearest suitable aerodrome should be made early rather than
late, when an incident may have developed to a very critical point, severely restricting
operational flexibility.
Consider turning off non essential electrical power
As the incident may be caused by electrical problems or as electrical systems may
be affected by any incident, and particularly as fire-fighting activities, etc., may
damage electric systems, turn off all non-essential electrical items. Retain power only
to those instruments, systems and controls necessary for the continued safety of the
aircraft. Do not restore power until it is positively safe to do so.
Determine source of smoke / fumes / fire
The source of any smoke / fumes / fire may be difficult to determine. Effective firefighting or containment procedures can best be accomplished when the source of the
incident is identified.
For dangerous goods incidents in the passenger cabin, see cabin crew
checklist and coordinate cockpit / cabin crew actions
Incidents in the passenger cabin should be dealt with by the cabin crew using the
appropriate checklist and procedures. It is essential that the cabin crew and the flight
crew coordinate their actions and that each be kept fully informed of the others
actions and intentions.
Determine emergency response drill code
When the item has been identified, the corresponding entry on the pilot-incommands dangerous goods notification form should be found. The applicable
emergency response drill code may be given on the notification form, or if not given,
can be found by noting the proper shipping name or the UN number on the
notification form and using the alphabetical or numerical list of dangerous goods. If
the item causing the incident is not listed on the notification form, an attempt should
be made to determine the name or the nature of the substance.
Use guidance from aircraft emergency response drills chart to help deal with
incident
The drill code assigned to an item of dangerous goods consists of a number from 1
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
44
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
to 10, plus a single letter. Referring to the chart of emergency response drill number
corresponds to a line of information concerning the risk posed by that substance and
guidance on the preferable action that should be taken. The drill letter is shown
separately on the drill chart; it indicates other possible hazards of the substance. In
some cases the guidance given by the drill number may be further refined by the
information given by the drill letter.
If the situation permits, notify ATC of the dangerous goods being carried
If an in-flight emergency occurs and the situation permits, the pilot-in-command
should inform the appropriate air traffic services unit of the dangerous goods on
board the aircraft. Wherever possible: this information should include the proper
shipping name and/or UN number, the class/division and for Class 1 the compatibility
group, any identified subsidiary risk(s), the quantity and the location on board the
aircraft. When it is not considered possible to include all the information, those parts
thought most relevant in the circumstances should be given.
AFTER LANDING
Disembark passengers and crew before opening any cargo compartment
doors
Even if it has not been necessary to complete an emergency evacuation after
landing, passengers and crew should disembark before any attempt is made to open
the cargo compartment doors and before any further action is taken to deal with a
dangerous goods incident. The cargo compartment doors should be opened with the
emergency services in attendance.
Inform ground personnel/emergency services of nature of item and where
stowed
Upon arrival, take the necessary steps to identify to the ground staff where the item is
stowed. Pass on by the quickest available means all information about the item
including, when appropriate, a copy of the notification to pilot-in-command.
Make appropriate entry in maintenance log
An entry should be made in the maintenance log that a check needs to be carried out
to ensure that any leakage or spillage of dangerous goods has not damaged the
aircraft structure or systems and that some aircraft equipment (e.g. fire extinguishers,
emergency response kit, etc.) may need replenishing or replacing.
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
45
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
9.11.5 A
Notification to Captain = NOTOC
9.11.5 B
Acceptance Checklist for DG (non-radioactive shipment)
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
46
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
continued
Chapter: 9
Page:
47
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
9.11.6 C
Acceptance Checklist for DG (radioactive)
Chapter: 9
Page:
48
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
continued
Chapter: 9
Page:
49
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
9.11.7 D
Acceptance Checklist for Dry Ice
Chapter: 9
Page:
50
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
9.11.8 E
DG-Occurrence Report
Chapter: 9
Page:
51
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
52
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Ground Operations
Manual
Dangerous Goods
Chapter: 9
Page:
1
Revision: 8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
Lost & Found
10.
CHAPTER 10
Page:
1
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Lost and Found
10.1 Tracing System ............................................................................................. 2

10.1.1
Preamble............................................................................................... 2
10.1.2
World Tracer ......................................................................................... 2
10.2 Missing Checked Baggage ........................................................................... 2
10.2.1
Handling Procedure at Station .............................................................. 2
10.3 World Tracer Transactions ............................................................................ 3
10.3.1
Advise if Hold Report AHL.................................................................. 3
10.4 Found Checked Baggage ............................................................................. 3
10.4.1
Handling Procedures at Station............................................................. 4
10.5 Forwarding of found baggage ....................................................................... 4
10.5.1
Station received bag by loading error:................................................... 4
10.5.2
Bag left behind: ..................................................................................... 4
10.5.3
Another station requests OHD: ............................................................. 4
10.5.4
Unclaimed OHD bags: .......................................................................... 5
10.6 Damage of Checked Baggage ...................................................................... 5
10.6.1
Handling Procedure .............................................................................. 5
10.7 Liability and Settlement ................................................................................. 5
10.7.1
Loss of Baggage ................................................................................... 5
10.7.2
Settlement of Damaged Baggage ......................................................... 5
10.8 Forms............................................................................................................ 6
10.8.1
Passenger Information Form A ............................................................. 7
10.8.2
Passenger Information Form B ............................................................. 8
10.8.3
Property Irregularity Report (PIR).......................................................... 9
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
Lost & Found
10.1
CHAPTER 10
Page:
2
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
Tracing System
10.1.1 Preamble
Hamburg International is not a member of World Tracer. The Handling
Agents are obliged by contract to trace the relevant baggage on behalf of
Hamburg International.
10.1.2 World Tracer
World Tracer is a baggage tracing system and management system
operated by SITA. Information for lost, found and damaged baggage is
entered in reports that are stored and processed by the system.
For a lost bag:
For a found bag:
For a damaged bag:
AHL
OHD
DPR
Advise if Hold Report

On-Hand baggage Report
Damage and Pilferage Report
World Tracer traces the baggage in two tracing levels:

Primary tracing and secondary tracing/extended tracing.
In primary tracing the baggage is traced by external criteria like colour/type,
tag number, etc. In this tracing level the file remains at the station. After 5
days the file is automatically transferred to the Central Baggage Department
HAMHIXH.
In secondary tracing the contents of the bag are added to the file and a more
detailed tracing is taking place. The file remains in secondary tracing for
another 95 days. A bag is considered officially lost after 21 days.
10.2
Missing Checked Baggage

Missing checked baggage is baggage not available to passenger on arrival.
10.2.1 Handling Procedure at Station

If bag of an arriving passenger is lost, the following procedure must be
observed:
A Property Irregularity Report (PIR) must be filled in, in presence of the

passenger
It is not allowed to fill out the PIR form later than the arrival day/time
A claim after leaving the arrival hall/baggage claim area will be not
accepted by HHI
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
Lost & Found
CHAPTER 10
Page:
3
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
In the case a passenger claims a damage or lost of baggage later than

the arrival time/day, the passenger will be obliged to process the claim
towards the airline (HHI)
Within 7 days the passenger can claims a damage of baggage and within
21 for lost/delayed baggage
An AHL report must then be created in the World Tracer system
obtaining the necessary information from the PIR.
If the baggage is found within 5 days, the AHL must be suspended from
tracing.
The passenger must be informed immediately and the baggage must be
delivered without delay on Hamburg International expense. On Sundays
and legal holidays the delivery of baggage is only permitted if
permission is granted from our Central Baggage Tracing Office.
If the baggage is not found within 5 days the file should be send to
Central Baggage Tracing Office:

Hamburg International Luftverkehrsgesellschaft
Hindenburgstrae 171
22297 Hamburg
Sita HAMHIXH
Phone: +49 (0) 40 500 501 56
Fax:
+49 (0) 40 500 501 39
E-Mail: lostandfound@hamburg-international.de
10.3
World Tracer Transactions
10.3.1 Advise if Hold Report AHL

After the AHL is completed, the system starts primary tracing for the missing
baggage. Hamburg International is not participating member of World Tracer
that why all files have to be feed in the system as NT (Non Tracer). As a
result of this procedure all AHL and OHD will not match automatically.
Stations which have no access to WT have to send a daily SITA Message to
the respective stations and to all German Airlines Headquarters. The AHL is
compared with all open non-suspended OHD and FWD files. Matches are
delivered to the station where the AHL was created. In primary tracing the
files remains responsibility of the station. If the baggage is not found within 5
days the file will be transferred to address mentioned above.
10.4
Found Checked Baggage

Found checked baggage is baggage that neither is nor picked up upon
arrival. I may be incorrectly labelled or loaded, or tag less.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
Lost & Found
CHAPTER 10
Page:
4
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
10.4.1 Handling Procedures at Station

If at stations bags are left behind or received by error following procedure
must be observed:
10.5
If the correct destination of the bag is known and it is possible to forward

it on the same day no OHD has to be created. Bag will be forwarded and
forward message will be send.
If the bag cannot be forwarded on the same day an OHD report has to be
issued via World Tracer system. Type colour and description of the bag
according to the IATA Baggage Identification Chart. As much information
as possible must be entered to enable the system to locate the owner
and make sure everybody can easily follow up the facts and file history.
Unclaimed OHD-bags have to be kept at station for 5 days or 7 days if
Hamburg International operates only once a week. After this time of
period the unclaimed OHD bags shall be send to above mentioned
address.
Forwarding of found baggage

Whenever a bag is forwarded to another station, a forward message must be
sent. The kind of forwarding message depends on the reason why the bag is
forwarded. Please copy all times HAMHIXH.
10.5.1 Station received bag by loading error:
The bag has to be labelled with a rush tag; original label remains on
suitcase.
The bag has to be returned to the station of origin immediately.
Forwarding instructions have to be obeyed.
Forwarding message has to be sent.
10.5.2 Bag left behind:
The bag ahs to be labelled with a rush tag; original label remains on the
suitcase.
The bag has to be sent with the next possible flight(s). Forwarding
instructions must be obeyed.
Forwarding message must be sent.
10.5.3 Another station requests OHD:
The bag has to labelled with a rush tag, original label have to be
removed.
The bag is sent as advised by the requesting station.
The forward message must be sent.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
Lost & Found
CHAPTER 10
Page:
5
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
The OHD must be closed with all forwarding details.
10.5.4 Unclaimed OHD bags:
10.6
The bag must be labelled with a rush tag, original label is removed.
The bag is sent to HAMHIXH.
The forward message must be sent.
The OHDS must remain open when forwarding to address mentioned on
page 3 of this chapter, as secondary tracing is not possible with closed
OHD!
Damage of Checked Baggage
10.6.1 Handling Procedure

In case a passenger claims a damage or pilferage to his/her baggage a
Damage Pilferage Report has to issued according to the ability of the station
(via World Tracer or Manually). A copy of the PIR and the Passenger
Information Sheet, see 10.8.1.1(Forms) is handed out to the passenger.
To make sure the damage did not occur before departure, the limited release
entry on the passengers receipt of the baggage tag must be checked. The
DPR is not an acceptance of liability.
10.7
Liability and Settlement
10.7.1 Loss of Baggage

If the baggage has not been delivered within 21 days of its non-delivery
being reported, it will be classed as lost and compensation payments will be
applicable. This regulation takes place when passenger was travelling on
either outbound or inbound flight.
Compensation for loss of checked baggage
Compensation is calculated based on a fixed rate per kilo of the checked
baggage, up to a maximum weight which is clearly shown on the flight ticket.
The following information / Documents are necessary for settlement:
Original copy of the Property Irregularity Report (PIR) of Damage

Pilferage Report (DPR) including name of passenger and flight and date.
Original flight documents (Passenger receipt from flight ticket and
baggage tag receipt).
10.7.2 Settlement of Damaged Baggage
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
Lost & Found
CHAPTER 10
Page:
6
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
The passenger must contact our central baggage tracing office in order to
arrange the quickest possible way to settle the pending case.
For German stations
Our central baggage tracing office has agreements with local repair shops
and the repairs of damaged baggage can be arranged through them.
For foreign stations, the passenger must send all necessary documents
(copy of PIR, bills for repair or expert opinion that repair is not possible) to
address shown on page 3 of this chapter.
10.8
Forms
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
Lost & Found
CHAPTER 10
Page:
7
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
10.8.1 Passenger Information Form A
Information fr Fluggste mit Gepckschden oder

Gepckverlusten
Sehr geehrter Fluggast,
wir bedauern Ihren Gepckschaden oder Gepckverlust und die Ihnen entstandenen
Unannehmlichkeiten.
Sie haben soeben von unserem Vertreter vor Ort eine Schadensmeldung erhalten,
die Sie
bitte unbedingt aufheben sollten.
Diese Schadensmeldung stellt noch keine Anerkennung der Haftpflicht dar. Bitte
reichen Sie
daher Ihren Antrag auf Regulierung des Schadens bei unserer Fluggesellschaft
unverzglich nach Ihrer Rckkehr ein.
Wenn Sie eine Reisegepckversicherung abgeschlossen haben, reichen Sie bitte
Ihren
Antrag auf Schadensregulierung bei Ihrer Versicherung ein.
Folgende Unterlagen sind im Original einzureichen:
- Flugschein, Gepckabschnitt, Schadensmeldung
- Reparaturrechnung (bei erfolgter Reparatur)
- Kaufbeleg (oder Angaben zum Kaufdatum, Kaufort und Kaufpreis),
- aussagekrftiges Gutachten (Besttigung) eines Fachgeschftes
- Ihre Anschrift und Bankverbindung
Bitte heben Sie in jedem Fall Ihr beschdigtes Gepckstck und die Kopien der uns
bersandten Originalunterlagen bis zur endgltigen Regulierung auf.
Bei einer verspteten Ankunft Ihres Gepcks am Urlaubsort bzw. einem
Gepckverlust auf
dem Hinflug erstatten wir Ihnen zum Kauf notwendiger Ersatzgegenstnde. Wir
verweisen
hier vorsorglich auf Ihre Schadenminderungsmitwirkungspflicht.
Bitte beachten Sie, dass wir ausschlielich Ausgaben fr den Kauf notwendiger
Toilettenartikel (z. B. Zahnbrste, Zahncreme, Duschbad) sowie eine Notausstattung
Kleidungsstcke (z.B. einfache Unterwsche, einfaches Tshirt ) erstatten.
Bitte reichen Sie unmittelbar nach Ihrer Rckreise die Kaufbelege im Original ein.
Wir bitten um bersendung der Unterlagen an: Hamburg International
Gepckreklamation
Hindenburgstrasse 171
D-22297 Hamburg
Tel +49 40 / 500 501 56
Fax +49 40/ 500 501 39
Email: lostandfound@hamburg-international.de
H.I. HAMBURG international Luftverkehrsgesellschaft mbH & Co. Betriebs KG
Hindenburgstrasse 171 - 22297 Hamburg - Tel. (040) 5005010 - Fax. (040) 50050111
Gepckreklamation
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
Lost & Found
CHAPTER 10
Page:
8
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
10.8.2 Passenger Information Form B
Passengers Information regarding baggage damage or loss

Dear Passenger,
we do apologise for your any inconvenience caused by damage or loss of your
baggage.
We have been informed by our respective Station-Representative about the Baggage
Irregularity. The corresponding Property Irregularity Report Form (PIR) which you
have received must be well kept.
Nevertheless, the Property Irregularity Report Form (PIR) does not symbolise any
recognition by the Airline concerning ability.
You are therefore obliged to process your claim towards the Airline (address as
mentioned below) after your return from journey without the least delay.
In order to process your claim following items are to be provided as originals, no
copies:
- Ticket, Baggage- Tag and Property Irregularity Report Form (PIR)
- Invoice of repair (if performed already)
- Invoice of purchase (Date, Place, Price)
- Independent expert opinion (a specialist shops confirmation)
- Passengers address and Bank Details (inclusive Swift ; BIC)
Please hold to hold on to your damaged baggage and copies of your documents until
baggage irregularity case is completely regulated and the file officially closed by the
Airline.
In case of a delayed arrival of your baggage at your travel destination or loss of
baggage
you are allowed to purchase essential necessary items like toilet article (toothbrush,
tooth paste) and essential clothes (like underwear, shirt). Please note your damage
mitigation obligation.
In order to grant compensation it is mandatory to forward the original invoices of the
items to following address:
Hamburg International
Baggage Claim Department
Hindenburgstrasse 171
22297 Hamburg
Germany
Tel.: +49 (0) 40 500 501 56
Fax: +49 (0) 40 500 501 39
Email: lostandfound@HAMBURG-international.de
H.I. HAMBURG international Luftverkehrsgesellschaft mbH & Co. Betriebs KG
Hindenburgstrasse 171 - 22297 Hamburg - Tel. (040) 5005010 - Fax. (040) 50050111
Baggage Claim Department
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
Lost & Found
10.8.3 Property Irregularity Report (PIR)
CHAPTER 10
Page:
9
Revision:
8.0
Issued: 01.04.2010
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
Page:
1
Revision:
8.0
Administrative Procedure Issued: 01.04.2010
11.
Administrative Procedure
11.1. Cargo & Baggage Handling Procedure not related to Safety...2

11.2
Passenger Handling Procedure not related to Safety. 10
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
Page:
2
Revision:
8.0
11.2
Cargo Handling Procedure not related to Safety
1.Target
Describes the basic ground handling procedure for cargo and baggage.
2. Reference Documents
EU-OPS Professional transportation of passengers and goods in aircraft
IATA
Ground Handling Agreement / AHM 810
OM-A
Section 8.2.2.
OM-A,
Section 10.4.
LBA
note for the transportation of firearms dated 23rd March, 2001
Quality standard of ramp agent according to ISO 90002
Cargo Loading Manual
Weight and Balance Manual
IATA Airport Handling Manual
IATA Live Animal Regulations
IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations
3. Glossary/Definitions
IATA
AHM
LBA
VA
ICAO
WHO

Airport Handling Manual
German Federal Aviation Authority
Administration Procedures
International Civil Aviation Organisation
World Health Organisation
4. Responsibilities
Ramp Agent - observance of regulations and assertion of the Administrative Procedure;
Aircraft Crew - control and observance of regulations;
Operation Control Center - of observance internal and external information;
Flight Support - internal and external information;
Service Department - internal and external information & handling of special luggage;
Cargo Handling - packaging, labelling and documentation;
5. Procedure
5.1 Table of Contents
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
Page:
3
Revision:
8.0
5.1 Table of Contents ................................................................................................................... 3

5.2 General................................................................................................................................. . 3
5.3 Checked luggage ................................................................................................................... 3
5.4 Hand luggage ......................................................................................................................... 4
5.5 Transportation of objects rejected by safety control .............................................................. 5
5.6 Goods and luggage not allowed............................................................................................ . 5
5.7 Government clearance requirements.................................................................................... . 5
5.8 Cargo information................................................................................................................... 6
5.8.1 Compartments B737................ ....................................................................................... 6
5.8.2 Compartments A319..6
5.8.3 Pet in cargo ........... ....................................................................................................... 8
5.8.4 Wheelchairs .................................................................................................................... 8
5.9 Service baggage of tour guides ............................................................................................. 9
5.2 General
Dispatch and transportation of mail, cargo, and luggage has to be according to the cargo regulations
of IATA and JAR-OPS and the regulations of the operations manual of Hamburg international.
Additional valid national documents (LBA, BMVBW) as well as company procedures and regulations
of Hamburg international have to be observed. The complete cargo handling will be provided by the
contracted cargo company on behalf of Hamburg international.
5.3 Checked luggage

Luggage cleared during check-in and stored in the cargo compartment is regarded as checked
luggage. For check-in following regulations have to be observed:
Luggage weighing more than 5 kg on B737 700 and A319 and not being in
accordance with the regulations for hand luggage has to be registered as checked luggage.
Luggage has always to be checked in by the passenger himself for the actual flight.
The declared luggage has to be weighed. The actual mass per piece of luggage has to be
registered separately in the flight coupon.
Destination and flight number have to be stated on the luggage tag.
A loading instruction has to be issued for each flight. After loading has been completed, the
actual loading volume has to be documented by the signature of the loader. The number of
loaded
luggage per cargo hold has to be registered in the loading instruction. Special luggage has to
be registered in number and nature.
A Load & Trim Sheet has to be prepared as proof for loading and trimming. The actual total
mass of the total Deadload determined by weighing (service load without passengers) has to
be registered in the Load & Trim Sheet. The loader has to document by his signature that the
Load & Trim Sheet is in accordance with the actual loading.
Special luggage must be stated separately in the Load & Trim Sheet.
In case it is not possible to determine the weight, a standard mass of 13 kg (15 kg on
Intercontinental flights) per luggage is applied for the calculation in the Load & Trim Sheet.
Cargo has always to be weighed and to be registered with its actual mass.
Possible differences from the fixed rates of excess luggage have to be reported to the ramp
agent of Hamburg international by Service Dispo.
Check-in of excess luggage is only allowed up to the permissible volume of the cargo holds of
the aircraft.
The checked luggage may only be handed over to the passenger at destination.
For check-in of special luggage and animals the Hamburg international regulations for checkin and limitations have to be observed.
The passenger is responsible for carrying the required documents (entry and departure for
animal transportation).
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
Page:
4
Revision:
8.0
Hamburg international will not accept responsibility or costs.

The transportation will be refused in case of incomplete documents and non compliance with
the regulations.
The completion of the report form concerning excess- and special luggage as well as luggage
liability has to be observed as laid down by Hamburg international.
For mail, cargo, and luggage check-in the Service Dispo of Hamburg international has to be
observed. A copy must be added to the flight documents.
Co-mail of the tour operator will be transported free of charge and checked in as standard
luggage. Co-mail has to be announced to the service department of Hamburg international,
and the Service Dispo will inform the handling agend accordingly.
The delivery of the co-mail at destination will be carried out by the handling agent. The tour
operator may also take the co-mail directly at the aircraft. For transportation of co-mail a safety
declaration must exist or proved to exist.
The guide of the tour operator may carry luggage up to 70 kg free of charge. This luggage has
to be announced to the service department.
Passenger luggage of connecting flights (HUB) has to be checked in to the destination.
5.4 Hand luggage

In addition to the personnel effects carried by a passenger, only luggage intended for travel in the
cabin is to be defined as hand luggage.
For check-in of hand luggage the following regulations have to be observed:
One piece of hand luggage per passenger (adults and children) with a maximum weight of
5 kg on B737 and Airbus A319.
The hand luggage may not exceed the following dimensions:
45cm x 35cm x 20cm.
Hand luggage and personal effects for travel in the cabin are free luggage.
Luggage has to be represented during check-in.
In doubt, hand luggage must be weighed.
Hand luggage is part of the standard mass value for passengers i.e.
Non-Scheduled Flights 76 kg for adults, 35 kg for children,
Scheduled Flights 84 kg for adults, 35 kg for children.
Hand luggage must be equipped with a tag.
In addition to hand luggage the following personal effects are allowed for transportation in the
cabin (they are not regarded as hand luggage): handbag, umbrella, overcoat, camera, reading
material, infants` food for consumption during flight, infant carrying basket, and crutches.
Note:
In case the flight is fully booked, the infant carrying basket will not be transported in the cabin but
in the cargo hold of the aircraft.
All luggage not included in this regulation has to be treated and tagged as checked luggage
and has to be transported in the cargo hold.
Hand luggage must not contain dangerous goods! The transportation of dangerous goods is
not allowed in the cabin!
It is only allowed to transport articles and objects not mentioned in the regulation for
dangerous goods (IATA Table 2.3 A).
A further check of hand luggage must be completed at the boarding gate.
The transportation of hand luggage in the cabin is only allowed according to the specified
limitations .
Hand luggage is subjected to a 100 % safety control.
5.5 Transportation of objects rejected by safety control
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
Page:
5
Revision:
8.0
Objects rejected by safety control are packed up in checked-luggage-bags and are transported in the
front cargo hold of the aircraft. In exceptional cases it is allowed to deliver them to the commander of
the flight for transportation in the cockpit. It is the duty of the ramp agent to take care of the correct
loading of the checked-luggage-bags. The luggage has to be equipped with the luggage tag. At
destination, the ramp agent has to hand over the objects directly to the passenger, yet outside of the
area controlled by 5 LuSiG.
5.6 Goods and luggage not allowed

In connection with laws and regulations as well as company rules, the following luggage is excluded
from transportation:
- unaccompanied luggage (except luggage tagged with RUSH)
- dangerous goods and household articles only according the IATA Regulations
- motorcycles
- motorized equipment
- large musical instruments
- crates, pallets, and container
- all articles and objects not allowed for air transport by the legislator (aeronautical authorities)
- all articles and objects unsuitable for air transport in mass, size,and characteristics
- all articles and objects exceeding the size of allowed luggage for package tours.
In exceptional cases it is allowed to transport one of the a/m objects with a special authorization of
Hamburg international.
5.7 Government clearance requirements

In border-crossing traffic airlines must report in writing: flight, its crew, persons and goods carried to
the authorities at airport of origin, transit and final destination.
Within the framework of the International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO) and the World Health
Organisation (WHO) states have agreed upon standard reporting documents published in ICAO
Annex 9 and in WHO International Health Regulations.
The following table shows the required number of copies of manifest for the different countries.
For all other states its not necessary to fill in the form.
Country
Cop.
Bulgaria
Egypt
Italy
Malta
5
6
5
2
Remarks
also NIL-manifest
also NIL-manifest
Generally cargo will be carried on Hamburg international flights.

All necessary and required documentation must be issued by the contracted cargo company. A cargo
manifest has to be prepared where the national regulations require such a manifest.
5.8 Cargo information
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
Page:
6
Revision:
8.0
5.8.1 Compartments B737
Forward lower compartment (FWD)
122
86
Aft lower compartment (AFT)
122
78-89
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
Page:
7
Revision:
8.0
ON-LOAD VARIFICATION TABLE

for hand maneuvered packages
ALL VALUES IN CM
Packages Hand Maneuvered (a)
WIDTH in CM
HEIGHT
13
25
38
51
64
76
89
102
in CM
LENGTH in CM
13
627
467
373
312
269
236
211
185
25
488
399
338
295
264
236
211
185
30
462
384
330
292
264
236
211
185
36
442
373
325
290
264
236
211
185
41
427
366
323
290
264
236
211
185
46
417
361
320
290
264
236
211
185
51
406
356
318
290
264
236
211
185
56
399
351
315
290
264
236
211
185
61
394
348
315
290
264
236
211
185
66
389
348
315
290
264
236
211
185
71
386
345
315
290
264
236
211
185
76
384
343
315
290
264
236
211
185
81
381
343
315
290
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
86
378
343
315
290
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
(a) Package length is limited to a maximum of 409 cm when cargo nets are installed
114
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
165
n/a
n/a
ALL VALUES IN IN.

Packages Hand Maneuvered (a)
WIDTH in IN.
HEIGHT
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
in IN.
LENGTH in IN.
5
247
184
147
123
106
93
83
73
65
10
192
157
133
116
104
93
83
73
65
12
182
151
130
115
104
93
83
73
65
14
174
147
128
114
104
93
83
73
65
16
168
144
127
114
104
93
83
73
65
18
164
142
126
114
104
93
83
73
65
20
160
140
125
114
104
93
83
73
65
22
157
138
124
114
104
93
83
73
65
24
155
137
124
114
104
93
83
73
65
26
153
137
124
114
104
93
83
73
65
28
152
136
124
114
104
93
83
73
65
30
151
135
124
114
104
93
83
73
65
32
150
135
124
114
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
34
149
135
124
114
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
(a) Package length is limited to a maximum of 161 inches when cargo nets are installed
2006 Hamburg International // GOD
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
Page:
8
Revision:
8.0
5.8.2
Compartments A319-111
See Chapter 5 / 5.2.1.5
5.8.3 Pet in cargo

Lower compartments used for transportation of lifestock shall not be filled by more than 2/3 of their
volume in order to guarantee sufficient air supply. The kennels shall always be tied down or lashed in
order to avoid any kind of movement at take-off, landing or during flight. The cages shall be stowed in
such a way that there is enough distance to other cages and other load to guarantee sufficient oxygen
supply. Compartment lights shall generally be switched-off.
The corresponding compartment door shall be closed as late as possible. At the destination or transit
station the compartment door shall be opened promptly. This procedure also applies to technical
landings.
5.8.4 Wheelchairs
A passengers own wheelchair will be carried as checked baggage in the aircraft cargo compartment
In PSMs "WCHC/OWN" shall be shown. All wheelchairs, in particular those which are battery-driven,
must be handled with utmost care to prevent damage. The passenger is fully dependent on his
wheelchair and may, if his wheelchair is damaged, be completely helpless at his destination. Battery
driven wheelchairs may be carried in the cargo compartment as checked baggage.
Before loading it must be checked:

- that the battery is securely attached to the wheelchair
- that the battery is disconnected
- that the battery terminals are insulated in order to prevent short-circuits
WCHs with a spillable wet cell batteries fall under Dangerous Goods Items and need reffering to
OMA,
Section 9.
Before loading a wheelchair with a still installed or not removable wet cell battery into the cargo
compartment, it must be ensured that the height of the back of the chair in an upright position does not
exceed 85cm. Before accepting bigger wheelchairs it must be ascertained by the station concerned
that the wet cell battery can be removed and loaded separately into an acid-proof plastic tub. The
wheelchair must be immediately accessible at its destination, therefore when loading this rule applies:
last in = first out !
On the loadsheet as well as in messages concerned, the loading position of a battery-driven wheel
chair must be shown under SI in plain text.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
Page:
9
Revision:
8.0
5.9 Service baggage of tour guides

Service baggage of the charterers tour guides is free of charge and will basically be accepted without
prior notice up to 50kg. If the service baggage exceed 50kg than prior permission has been requested
from Hamburg international Customer Service.
6. Documentation/Attachments
Trip-File of the handling agent
Load & Trim Sheet
NOTOC
Airway Bill
Shipper`s Declaration
Purser Info
Crew Reports
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
Page:
10
Revision:
8.0
11.2
Passenger Handling Procedure not related to safety
1.Target
To ensure a safe and smooth passenger handling of Hamburg international flights.
2. Glossary/Definitions
ACM = Additional crew member
ATS
= Air traffic service
CAA = Civil Aviation Administration
FCI
= Flight Crew Information Sheet
GENDEC = General Declaration
ICAO = International Civil Aviation Organization
LMC = Last minute change
PAD = Passenger available for disembarking
PNL
= Passenger Name List
PTM = Passenger transit message
PSM = Passenger service message
UM
= Unaccompanied Minor
WHO = World Health Organization
3. Responsibilities
Ramp Agent Observance of regulations and assertion of the administrative procedure
Aircraft Crew Control and observance of regulations
Ground Operations Control of observance / internal and external information
Flight Support Internal and external information
Service Department Internal and external information
Procedure
4.1
Table of Contents
10
4.2
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.2.3
4.2.3.1
4.2.3.2
4.2.3.3
4.2.4
4.2.5
4.2.6
4.3
4.3.1
4.3.1.1
4.3.1.2
4.3.2
4.3.3
General
Principles
Transportation Document (Ticket or Booking Confirmation)
Government clearance requirements
General declaration
Passenger manifest
Country Regulations
Check-In Time Limits
Compiling and Dispatching of Passenger Revenue Documents
Charterer-Liaison
Passengers
Maximum Number of Passengers
Maximum Number of Passengers B737-700 /300
Maximum Number of Passengers A319-111
Pregnant Women
Single Adults accompanying several Infants
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
Page:
11
Revision:
8.0
4.3.4
4.3.5
4.3.6
4.3.7
4.3.8
4.3.9
4.3.10
4.3.11
Unaccompanied Minors
Wheelchairs
Guide Dog for Blind
Very Important Persons
Flight Inspectors of the Luftfahrtbundesamt (LBA)
Overbooked Passengers
Birth and Death on Aircraft
Inadmissible Passengers
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
16
4.4
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.4.3
4.4.4
4.4.4.1
4.4.5
4.4.6
4.4.7
4.4.8
4.4.9
4.4.10
4.4.11
4.4.12
4.4.13
Check-In
Check-In Procedure
Check-In in Accordance with the "BREMER MODELL"
Non-Smoker / Smoker Areas
Restricted / Special Seats
Restricted / Special Seats B737-700/300 &A319
Flight Crew Information
Seat Allocation Procedure
Boarding Passes
Jump Seats
Last-Minute-Passengers
Acceptance of Standby Passengers
Priority List
Standby Passengers of other Airlines
Connecting Flights with other Charter Carriers
16
16
17
17
17
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
18
19
19
4.5
4.5.1
4.5.2
4.5.3
Irregularities
Information to the Passengers
Meals and Refreshments
Hotel Accommodation
19
19
19
20
5.
Documentation/Attachment
20
4.2 General
4.2.1 Principles
Passengers intending to travel on Hamburg international airplanes must be in possession of valid
identification and travel documents as suitable for the planned journey and in accordance with the
legal regulations of the countries of departure and destination.
Passengers must also hold a valid transportation document which can be
a ticket issued by either a travel agency (charterer) for a designated flight or by Hamburg international
or a booking confirmation originating from the internet booking service or the Call Center.
If a passenger reports the loss of his ticket, after thorough proof a new one has to be issued. Infants
must also be in possession of a valid ticket. All tickets must be correctly issued and validated.
Note:
It is not allowed to carry any passenger in the cockpit or on jump-seats. Exceptions regarding the
admission for carriage in the cockpit shall be the responsibility of the Commander.
4.2.2 Transportation Document (Ticket or Booking Confirmation)
The transportation document consists of:
- the conditions for air-transportation
- the flight-coupons (if ticket for passenger transportation)
- the passenger coupon (if ticket)
A valid transportation document has to show following items:
- airport of departure
- airport of destination
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
Page:
12
Revision:
8.0
- flight-number of designated flight
- date, departure-time (local), and booking status
4.2.3 Government clearance requirements
In border-crossing traffic airlines must report to the authorities at airport of origin, transit, and final
destination the flight-number, crew, and persons and goods carried.
Within the framework of the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) and World Health
Organization (WHO) states have agreed upon the following standard reporting documents published
in ICAO Annex 9 and in WHO International Health Regulations:
- General declaration
- Passenger manifest
Embarkation/disembarkation cards
4.2.3.1 General declaration
The General declaration (GenDec) is the basic report to the authorities as mentioned above furnishing
the information due to the public health, immigration and customs authorities at departure transit and
arrival. It will be prepared at the station of origin for the entire flight and completed by each station
where the GenDec must be handed to the authorities.
When a crew change (complete or partial) is planned enroute, the station concerned has to prepare a
new GenDec for the sector of the flight.
4.2.3.2 Passenger manifest
The passenger manifest is a supplement to the general declaration; it is still required by some states
demanding more detailed information on passengers than that contained in the GenDec. A passenger
manifest will be prepared when required according to country regulations
- by authorities at the own station, showing boarding passengers, and/or
- by authorities at subsequent stations, showing passengers disembarking there, and/or
by authorities at subsequent transit stations, showing passengers in transit on the same flight.
Most countries requiring a passenger manifest will accept a consolidated manifest for several
destinations.
4.2.3.3 Country Regulations
Country
Bulgaria
Cyprus
Egypt
Israel
Malta
Turkey
Russia
Kazakhstan
IRAK
ISRAEL
JORDANIEN
LIBANON
General Declaration
5
5
6
8
2
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Passenger Manifest
1
1
6
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
For all other countries its not necessary to fill in the form General Declaration but the Passenger
Manifest is required for all flights. For Ad-hoc flights outside of the normal HHI schedule please ask
the flight operations department of HHI for requested documentation.
4.2.4 Check-In Time Limits
Check-in of passengers should start at least 90 minutes prior to scheduled departure time. Check-in
deadline will be 30 minutes prior to scheduled departure time. Last-Minute-Passengers (LMC) can
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
Page:
13
Revision:
8.0
only be accepted until 15 minutes prior to scheduled departure time.
4.2.5 Compiling and Dispatching of Passenger Revenue Documents
All transportation services rendered to the passengers must be accounted for by submitting the
relevant transportation documents to Hamburg international Hamburg.
For the dispatch of passengers revenue documents (flight-coupons and passenger manifest) the
Flight-Coupon-Envelope must be sealed and dispatched to Hamburg international Fluggesellschaft
with the next available 4R-flight to Germany - if not otherwise requested, but not on the flight to which
it pertains.
4.2.6 Charterer-Liaison
All HHI handling agents have to be in close contact with the local representative of the
charterer for all information relevant to the passengers, especially in case of delays of 4R-flights.
4.3 Passengers
4.3.1 Maximum Number of Passengers
4.3.1.1 Maximum Number of Passengers B737-700
The Boeing B737-700 aircraft has a configuration of 148 economy seats.
a) Maximum number of passengers: 148 adults plus
(due to limited number of infant life vests) 20 infants
b) Maximum number of UMs 8 children (see paragraph 6.3.4)
c) Maximum number of incapacitated PAX unaccompanied
6 WCH_ which may consist of
2 WCHC (+ rest WCHR / WCHS)
4.3.1.2 Maximum Number of Passengers A319
The Airbus 319-111 has a configuration of 150 economy seats.
a)
b)
c)
Maximum number of passengers: 150 adults (booked only 148) +

(due to limited number of infant life vests) 20 infants
Maximum number of UMs 8 children
Maximum number of incapacitated PAX unaccompanied
6 WCH_ which may consist of
2 WCHC (+ rest WCHR / WCHS)
4.3.2 Pregnant Women

During the last 4 weeks of pregnancy prior to confinement (which is normally around the 32th-36th
week of pregnancy) an expectant mother shall not be accepted for carriage under any circumstances.
The expectant mother is normally informed by her physician of the expected date of confinement. Until
the 32th week (incl.) of pregnancy an expectant mother needs to submit a doctors certificate
before travelling by air. However, a return journey must also be commenced earlier than 4 weeks prior
to expected confinement. It is recommended to consult the attending physician prior to the
commencement of a journey. The expectant mother shall discreetly be asked - preferably by female
staff - for the expected date of confinement.
4.3.3 Single Adults accompanying several Infants

Generally, because of the restricted number of oxygen masks in any seat row (A F ), two more souls
are allowed for seat allocation than seats available, whereby only one extra soul may be placed on
either side of the aisle (300er only left side additional oxygen mask available).
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
Page:
14
Revision:
8.0
Therefore, a single adult travelling with more than one infant must assure that
extra seats have been booked for the second (third, etc) infant
or that prior to Check-in adult passenger/s have been found agreeing to act as escort/s to the infant/s
during the flight - as required.
4.3.4 Unaccompanied Minors
"Children travelling alone" (UMs) are all children of less than 12 years who are not accompanied by
an adult person when travelling by air.
Restrictions:
Prior to the completion of the 5th year of age children must always be accompanied.
Escort: parents or brother/sister of 12 or older, other person of 18 years or older.
Maximum allowed number of UMs are 8 children.
The child's parents or legal guardians are responsible for the child being properly escorted to the
airport of departure up to the time of boarding as well as for the pick-up of the child at the airport of
destination. During the time between check-in and boarding the station shall take care of and
supervise the child in agreement with the childs parents/guardian in such a manner as is necessary
and appropriate in view of the childs age and degree of development with due regard to local
circumstances to ensure that the child is kept safe of any physical and/or psychological damage. In
order to ensure proper care during the flight, specific seats for UMs are stipulated in the cabin where
UMs must be seated.
UMs must always be handed over personally to the cabin crew on board by a member of the boarding
stations staff before boarding other passengers. UMs must be shown on the "FCI" (Flight Crew
Information sheet) handed over to the purser. At the time of boarding the UM must be in possession of
the UM wallet containing the "handling advice" and all necessary travel documents. UMs will be
handed over by the cabin crew to a member of the station staff at the destination. The ground staff
member will acknowledge receipt of the UM from the cabin crew by signing the form. When handing
over the child to the receiving party the station has to make sure that the corresponding person named
on the form is authorized to pick up the child.
4.3.5 Wheelchairs
Wheelchairs are available at almost all stations within airport terminals. They are owned by third
parties (e.g. handling agents, other carriers, airport administration, first aid station, etc) from which the
handling agent must request them against payment. Any costs incurred are borne by Hamburg
international. At all airports the number of available wheelchairs is limited and mostly they are used by
several or even all carriers.
It is, therefore, imperative to mention in messages whenever a handicapped passenger travels with
his own wheelchair in order to prevent ordering a wheelchair unnecessarily.
At some airports (such as FRA) it is not permitted to drive handicapped passengers across the ramp
in a wheelchair. In such a case passengers are taken to/from the aircraft in ambulances or special
vehicles.
A passengers own wheelchair will be carried as checked baggage in the aircraft cargo compartment
free of charge, i.e. over and above the passengers free baggage allowance, but never in the cabin. In
PSM "WCHC/OWN" shall be shown.
The wheelchair must be immediately accessible at its destination, therefore, when loading:
last in = first out !
4.3.6 Guide Dog for Blind
A trained guide dog may be carried in the cabin, if it accompanies a passenger who is dependent
upon it and if it is properly harnessed. The passenger and the guide dog will normally be seated at a
bulkhead seat, where there is sufficient floor space for the dog.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
Page:
15
Revision:
8.0
4.3.7 Very Important Persons

Passengers who are of commercial interest to the company or other persons of public standing are
entitled to special attention on ground as well as on board. Stations noticing that one of these
passengers is booked on a Hamburg international flight should make the necessary arrangements to
offer these passenger/s a personalized service at the airport of departure, including assistance by a
staff-member through customs/immigration formalities, use of special waiting rooms if available, seat
selection, courtesy drinks, and preboarding escort. The station of departure shall advise the purser of
the VIP's name, title, and the seat-number allocated to her/him. The station of destination shall also be
advised as soon as possible to enable them to arrange similar courtesies upon arrival.
4.3.8 Flight Inspectors of the Luftfahrtbundesamt (LBA)
In case an Official Flight Inspector of the German Federal Aviation Administration (LBA) presents
himself at any station, handling procedures are as follows:
- Official Flight Inspectors are entitled to inspect all premises of Hamburg international,
HHI-Handling Agents or own offices. Within or outside Germany HHI-Handling Agents are obliged to
facilitate the performance of the Inspectors duties
- The Flight Inspector of the LBA presents an Identification Card with a photograph and the
inscription "OFFICIAL FLIGHT INSPECTOR"
- Flight Inspectors are exempted officials. They do not require any ticket on their official duties
as inspectors.
4.3.9 Overbooked Passengers
Should passengers in excess of available number of seats show up for check-in on Hamburg
international flights, their acceptance must be refused and these passengers are to be directed to the
charterers representative.
4.3.10 Birth and Death on Aircraft

Following are the duties of HHI or HHI handling personnel in case of birth or death on
Hamburg international aircrafts. In both cases the commander shall notify the handling agents
station manager of the next scheduled point of landing via ATS.
a) Birth on aircraft
- the station shall immediately inform the Police Authorities and the nearest ambulance to
ensure immediate medical assistance
- upon arrival, the Commander shall complete a report containing the following details:
- date and time of birth (in hours and minutes)
- place of birth (in degrees latitude and longitude)
- sex of child
- full name of parents (incl. maiden name of mother)
- nationality and place of birth of parents
- home address of parents
- profession of father and/or mother
- witnesses of birth, if any (full names and home addresses)
- this report shall be signed by the PIC and two other crew-members and shall be attached to
the Captain Irregularity Report.
A brief summary containing the main facts of this report shall be sent to OCC (HAMHIXH) by
telex.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
Page:
16
Revision:
8.0
b) Death on aircraft
- The following particulars are sent to the handling agents via ATS:
- full name of deceased, nationality, date of birth, home address, aerodrome of embarkation
and destination circumstantial details of the death, i.e. exact time, altitude at time of death
(actual and cabin), medical assistance given, if any, circumstances in flight which may be
important in connection with the death etc.
- whether the deceased was accompanied by close relative(s) friend(s) or medical attendant.
- The station manager shall immediately forward these details to OCC (HAMHIXH) by
telex message. In addition he shall inform without delay:
- the local Police and Airport Authorities
- the local German Embassy, if applicable
- the Airport Doctor
- a station irregularity report shall be sent as soon as possible to the Director of Operations
containing the above information and in addition the following:
- sex of the deceased
- age
- cause of death
- route segment of the flight
- number of hours after last embarkation before death occurred
- whether the deceased was known to be invalid.
- The Police Authorities shall decide whether a medical forensic examination is to be made
to determine the cause of death.
- The station manager shall be responsible that the death certificate requirements are fulfilled.
Information to relatives of the deceased shall be given by the Police only.
4.3.11 Inadmissible Passengers

Whenever admission into a country is refused to a HHI passenger, a message has to be sent to
the departure station, the tour operators office, and HAMHIXH containing the following information:
- name of pax and home address
- routing, flight number, and date
- reason for refusal of entry or difficulties in admission to enter
- inbound ticket of pax, number, date, and issuing office
any governmental fines or fees to be borne by Hamburg international.
4.4 Check-In
On Hamburg international-flights, passenger check-in is carried out individually. Each ticket should be
checked to ensure that it is issued for the flight and date it is presented. A bulk check-in, done by
charterers representatives, is not allowed.
4.4.1 Check-In Procedure
Traffic documents must be prepared in advance of opening check-in (passenger manifest, boarding
cards etc). Address the passengers with courtesy. Communications with the passengers must always
be friendly. Ask the passenger to place the baggage on the scale, including cabin-baggage. Verify
final destination of the passenger and check the validity of the ticket. Check-in baggage and ensure
that all pieces are weighed. Make baggage entries on the ticket with amount of pieces and the total
weight. If no baggage is carried, an "X" has to be marked on the ticket. Label the baggage and attach
the baggage-identification-tag to the passengers ticket and inform him of destination, to which the
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
Page:
17
Revision:
8.0
baggage has been tagged. Check passengers travel documents as laid down in the IATA Handling
Agreement, AHM 810, Annex A. If necessary, the Travel Information Manual (TIM) should be
consulted. If boarding cards are issued, the person performing the check-in must give the seat
distribution to Operations together with the passenger figures to perform the loadsheet. If during
check-in a piece of baggage is noticed to be damaged or broken, the check-in clerk must mark a "D"
on both, the baggage tag and the baggage claim tag, and advise the passenger accordingly. This
procedure has to be followed strictly to avoid inadmissible claims of the passengers. Make sure that all
entries have been made before removing the flight-coupon from the ticket. If appropriate, allocate a
seat which allows a close watch of special passengers (sick, disabled, etc). Hand over to the
passenger the boarding pass as well as his ticket and travel documents.
4.4.2 Check-In in Accordance with the "BREMER MODELL"

(Valid for German Airports only)
Whenever check-in is performed on airports other than the departure station (i.e. in case of
diversions), it must be processed according the "BREMER MODELL"-methods.
This method saves the passenger the added inconvenience of again identifying the baggage at
final departure airport. Additionally it will save time and protect delays.
Proceed as follows: During check-in the passenger has to place his luggage on the scale. Enter
the number of the boarding-pass on each baggage-tag prior to placing the bags on the conveyorbelt.
If the passenger-manifest listing differs from the boarding pass numbers, an immediate
baggage
identification is now easily possible and will avoid controls by the security-authorities at the
departure airport.
Always advise the handling agent at the destination station, if a check-in according to the
"BREMER MODELL" method has been performed.
The handling agent of the final departure station will have to inform the local security, if
passengers have been checked-in according to the "BREMER MODELL" method.
4.4.3 Non-Smoker / Smoker Areas

Generally, all flights of Hamburg international are non-smoker flights.
4.4.4 Restricted / Special Seats

The cabin crew has to be informed on the FCI (Flight Crew Information Sheet) accordingly.
4.4.4.1 Restricted / Special Seats B737-700/300 &A319

Infants should be seated according the seat plan in Chapter 3 (no seat in 1C +D)!
Unaccompanied minors: Row 2 to 4 A F
PAX with Reduced Mobility: 6 A, 20 A (also in any other row window seat)
Emergency row B737: 12 B - E & 14 A to F ( for seating please see Chapter 3 / 3.8.1.2.)
Emergency row A319: 10&11A-F (for seating please see Chapter 3)
4.4.5
Flight Crew Information
For each flight the departure station has to inform the flight crew about all specialities regarding the
flight.
4.4.6 Seat Allocation Procedure
A complete set of combined seating/boarding cards is available and has to be issued for each flight. If
an aircraft is not fully occupied, the remaining boarding cards/sticker sheets have to be destroyed.
In case of Free Seating, cabin attendants will direct the passengers to their seats according to the
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
Page:
18
Revision:
8.0
distribution on the load sheet.
4.4.7 Boarding Passes

Each passenger will receive a boarding pass against his ticket, showing number of row and seat in the
cabin. Also an infant (under two years of age), which is not entitled to an own seat, will get a boarding
pass.
4.4.8 Jump Seats

The transportation of revenue passengers on jump seats is not permitted. This also applies to
employees of the tour operator. Any overbooked passengers have to be rejected and the tour operator
has to take care of him/her.
4.4.9 Last-Minute-Passengers
Hamburg international or its handling agents shall not be held responsible for any claim by
passengers resulting from late arrival for check-in. Last-minute-passengers will be accepted providing
their check-in does not cause any delay of the flight. Effect of LMC-passengers on the loadsheet will
be reflected in the box "LMC" (last-minute-changes)
4.4.10 Acceptance of Standby Passengers
Company employees and persons travelling on request of Hamburg international will be provided with
HHI tickets or ETIX (Internet Booking).
All free-travelling passengers have been instructed that they have to follow the orders of the handling
personnel. Violations are to be reported to HAMHIXH/HAMSD4R.
None of the HHI PADs (PAD = passengers available for disembarkation) have the right to
claim compensation if their flight is delayed, cancelled, etc.
When tickets are given out by the interline department, HHI PADs are informed that:
- check-in time is 90 minutes prior departure time
- acceptance only after all booked passengers are checked-in, about 30 minutes prior
scheduled time of departure
- there is no seat reservation, PADs are always travelling on space available
4.4.11 Priority List

The following check-in sequence is co-ordinated with Hamburg international charterers and must not
be violated:
1st: proceeding crew who take over a flight at destination
2nd: all booked passengers of the tour operator(s)
3rd: company employees on duty (ACM);
Further see regulation according Chapter 3 / 3.5.18 /
Priority of passenger travelling with rebated tickets
Note:
All passengers holding HHI free tickets are only accepted on a Space-available-basis. The
charterers PADs have absolute priority over all HHI PADs.
4.4.12 Standby Passengers of other Airlines
PAD tickets of other airlines employees may be accepted on HHI flights in exceptional cases
after priority No. 6 under 6.4.12.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
Page:
19
Revision:
8.0
4.4.13 Connecting Flights with other Charter Carriers

If not otherwise instructed, following procedure for check-in should be followed:
- All baggage has to be checked through to final destination and must have interline tags. All
bags that have to be off-loaded at next stop must be loaded separately.
- Tickets should only be lifted for the respective leg.
- The station of interline connection has to handle passengers as transit and has to issue
seating/boarding passes.
A passenger transit message (PTM) has to be sent to the transit station indicating number of
passengers and their baggage.
4.5 Irregularities
Irregularities will cause inconveniences to the passengers. Therefore, every effort has to be made to
minimize inconveniences they may cause and to maintain the passengers goodwill towards Hamburg
international in such cases.
4.5.1 Information to the Passengers
Lack of information about any irregularity and the feeling of having been "abandoned" by the airline
are generally the major reasons for passenger complaints. Consequently, as soon as an irregularity
occurs, an announcement has to be made. The tour operators local representative shall be advised
immediately. Also, the respective tour operators traffic office must be informed. The reason for the
irregularity must be clearly, although briefly stated. The expected extent of the delay should be given.
If this is not known, the term:
"Next information will be given at..........hrs" should be used. Never use the term: "Indefinitely delayed".
Further announcements at regular intervals and personal contact between handling agent, tour
operator and passengers should keep the latter aware of arrangements made for them, the estimated
time of departure and, in general, the progress of the irregularity. HAMHIXH and all stations
concerned with operation of any particular flight must be informed immediately in case of any
irregularity. The information given in the delay message, especially the estimated time of departure,
must be updated frequently.
4.5.2 Meals and Refreshments (in the correspondence with EU-Regulations 621/2004)
When passengers are delayed in their departure or enroute, refreshments (drinks, coffee, tea etc) or
meals (breakfast, lunch, or dinner) shall be offered according to the time of day, the expected duration
of the delay, and the length of time the passengers have been away from home or hotel. Permission
for giving out vouchers has to be requested from HAMHH4R.
Please observe following guideline (see 3.9.2 of GOM):
Delay 2 hours up to 3 hours: - light refreshments
Delay more than 4 hours : light refreshment and meals
basic amount of EUR 5,00

basic amount of EUR 12,50
All meals and refreshments have to be ordered by the handling agent of Hamburg international and
NOT by the representative of the tour operator.
In all cases the traffic office of the tour operator has to be informed. In case they do not agree with
Hamburg international instructions and want to make other arrangements, they may do so at their
own cost.
GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL
CHAPTER 11
Page:
20
Revision:
8.0
4.5.3 Hotel Accommodation (in correspondence with EU-Regulations 621/2004)

Passengers held up by an operational irregularity will normally be able to continue their journey on the
same day. In case a night stop should become necessary, hotel accommodation may only be ordered
with prior permission of HAMHIXH.
If hotel accommodation is ordered by Hamburg international, the station manager of the handling
agent or his deputy and the tour operators representative should arrange for suitable hotels. Hamburg
international will pay the expenses for hotel, bus transfer to and from the airport, and breakfast only.
To ensure effective service to the passengers, efforts should be made to accommodate all passengers
of one flight in the same hotel.
Passengers as well as the hotel reception must be notified well in advance of the pick-up-time for the
return to the airport. Should a change become necessary to the estimated time of departure or to the
routing of the flight after the passengers transfer to the hotel, the passengers must be informed of
these changes in time, given due regard to the time of day.
If a passenger would not like to make use of the hotel accommodation offered by Hamburg
international ort he handling agent and would like to go to relatives, he is allowed to do so. The
passenger is to be indicated to leave his contact address with Hamburg international or the handling
agent. At this address he should be available at any time until time of departure. If this fails and
Hamburg international or the handling agent cannot get in contact with him, Hamburg international will
not have any responsibility for his onward transportation.
5.
Documentation/Attachments
NIL

Master GOM REV 8.0

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Master GOM REV 8.0

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Exemplar No.

all aircraft operating under 4R/HHI flight number

Passenger service instructions and procedures, communications and general ramp

Operations Manual (OM/A)

Christoph von Saldern

Introduction and Administration................................................................ 1

Organizational Structure ............................................................................... 2

Quality Policy ................................................................................................ 2

Forwarding of found baggage ....................................................................... 4

11.1 Cargo Handling Procedure not related to Safety........................................... 2

Introduction and Administration

+49 (0) 40 500 501 0

Introduction of the GOM Ground Operations Manual

System of Amendments and Revisions

Acknowledgement and receipt

Amendments and revisions will be issued by the Director Ground Operations

Verification of external GOM distribution:

Amendments and revisions will be issued by the Director Ground Operations.

each recipient who failed to acknowledge to do so immediately. The GOD will

0.7 List of holders of the GOM and assigned Stations

Director Quality Management

Director Ground Operations

German Civil Aviation Authority (Mr. Schmeil)

0.7.1 Assigned Stations

The following stations are in possession of the HHI-GOM:

GOM Distribution List

0.7.2 Amendment List

0.8 List of Effective Pages (LEP)

0.8.2 Chapter 2 and 3 (LEP)

0.8.3 Chapter 4 and 5 (LEP)

Load & Weight Management

0.8.4 Chapter 6 and 7 (LEP)

0.8.5 Chapter 8 and 9 (LEP)

0.8.6 Chapter 10 and 11 (LEP)

0.9 Acknowledgement of receipt

Please fill in, detach and return this page to:

Revision No.: 7.0

Name of the Company

Name of the sender

e.g. Mrs. Manuela Diaz

Phone number of the

e.g.+34 (0) 971 789 585

Supervision and Ground Handling

The postholder ground operations reports to his accountable manager. Compliance

Organisation and Responsibilities

1.1 Organizational Structure ............................................................................... 2

1.1 Organizational Structure

Management and nominated *Post holder

Responsibilities and Duties of Operations Management Personnel

Accountable Manager (Acc Mgr.)

Determination of the flight safety policy;

Technical Director (TD)

Director Operations (DO)

Deputy Director Operations (DDO)

Fleet Chief B737 / A319

Assisting the Director Operations in the performance of his duties and

Training Manager (TRNG Mgr.)

Establish the professional prerequisites concerning employment / training

Collect information from within the company about incidents or

Director Ground Operations (DGO)

Operations Control Centre (OCC)

When re-scheduling is necessary, all requirements for crew members as

1.3.10 Security Commissioner

Amendment of the company's aviation security plan, if necessary, and